Index: /trunk/SRC/Calendar/julday.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Calendar/julday.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Calendar/julday.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
 ; Calculate the Julian Day Number for a given month, day, and year.
 ; This is the inverse of the library function CALDAT.
-; 3 calendars are available according to the value of key_caltype 
+; 3 calendars are available according to the value of key_caltype
 ; (variable of the common file cm_4cal): 'greg', '360d', 'noleap'
 ;
 ; @categories Calendar
 ;
-; @param MONTH {in}{required} 
-; Number of the desired month (1 = January, ..., 12 = December). 
+; @param MONTH {in}{required}
+; Number of the desired month (1 = January, ..., 12 = December).
 ; Can be scalar or array
 ;
-; @param DAY {in}{required} 
+; @param DAY {in}{required}
 ; Number of day of the month.Can be scalar or array
 ;
-; @param YEARin {in}{required}  
+; @param YEARin {in}{required}
 ; Number of the desired year.Year parameters must be valid
 ; values from the civil calendar.  Years B.C.E. are represented
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
 ; as positive integers. In particular, note that there is no
 ; year 0 in the civil calendar.  1 B.C.E. (-1) is followed by
-; 1 C.E. (1). 
-; Change: However for climatological year, we do accept the year 
+; 1 C.E. (1).
+; Change: However for climatological year, we do accept the year
 ; O but we change it for year 654321L (the same trick is done in
 ; caldat so caldat, julday(1,1,0) gives you back Jan 1st of year 0)
 ; Can be scalar or array
 ;
-; @param HOUR {in}{optional}{default=12} 
+; @param HOUR {in}{optional}{default=12}
 ; Number of the hour of the day. Can be scalar or array
 ;
@@ -37,26 +37,26 @@
 ; Number of the second of the minute. Can be scalar or array
 ;
-; @restrictions 
+; @restrictions
 ; The Result will have the same dimensions as the smallest array, or
 ; will be a scalar if all arguments are scalars.
-; 
-; @keyword NDAYSPM {default=30} 
+;
+; @keyword NDAYSPM {default=30}
 ; To use a calendar with fixed number of days per months.
 ; see also the use of key_caltype (variable of the common file cm_4cal)
 ;
-; @returns 
+; @returns
 ; the Julian Day Number (which begins at noon) of the specified calendar date.
-; If Hour, Minute, and Second are not specified, then the result will be a 
-; long integer, otherwise the result is a double precision floating point 
+; If Hour, Minute, and Second are not specified, then the result will be a
+; long integer, otherwise the result is a double precision floating point
 ; number.
 ;
 ; @uses cm_4cal
 ;
-; @restrictions 
+; @restrictions
 ; Accuracy using IEEE double precision numbers is approximately
 ; 1/10000th of a second, with higher accuracy for smaller (earlier)
 ; Julian dates.
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Translated from "Numerical Recipies in C", by William H. Press,
 ; Brian P. Flannery, Saul A. Teukolsky, and William T. Vetterling.
@@ -75,8 +75,9 @@
 ; eg. julday(349,1,1970)
 ;
-; Sebastien Masson, May 2006, add diferent calendat with key_caltype 
+; Sebastien Masson, May 2006, add different calendat with key_caltype
 ; (variable of the common file cm_4cal)
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;-
 ;
@@ -224,5 +225,5 @@
       RETURN, jul
 
-    END 
+    END
     '360d':BEGIN
 ;
@@ -240,5 +241,5 @@
       IF neg[0] NE -1 THEN L_YEAR[neg] =  L_YEAR[neg]+1
 
-      JUL = ((L_YEAR-1)*12 + (L_MONTH-1))* ndayspm + L_DAY 
+      JUL = ((L_YEAR-1)*12 + (L_MONTH-1))* ndayspm + L_DAY
       if n_elements(Hour) + n_elements(Minute) + n_elements(Second) eq 0 then $
         return, JUL
@@ -246,9 +247,9 @@
       if n_elements(Minute) eq 0 then Minute = 0
       if n_elements(Second) eq 0 then Second = 0
-      
+
       IF total([hour NE 12, minute NE 0, second NE 0]) EQ 0 THEN return, JUL ELSE $
         return, JUL + (Hour / 24.0d0 - 0.5d) + (Minute/1440.0d0) + (Second / 86400.0d0)
 
-    END 
+    END
     'noleap':BEGIN
 
@@ -279,9 +280,9 @@
       if n_elements(Minute) eq 0 then Minute = 0
       if n_elements(Second) eq 0 then Second = 0
-      
+
         IF total([hour NE 12, minute NE 0, second NE 0]) EQ 0 THEN return, JUL ELSE $
         return, JUL + (Hour / 24.0d0 - 0.5d) + (Minute/1440.0d0) + (Second / 86400.0d0)
 
-    END 
+    END
     ELSE:return, report('only 3 types of calendar are accepted: greg, 360d and noleap')
   ENDCASE
Index: /trunk/SRC/Colors/newpalette.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Colors/newpalette.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Colors/newpalette.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Allows to save the palette which is on the screen
 ; in a same type file than the one given by default in IDL
 ; 'colors1.tbl'.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Color
 ;
@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@
 ; a string containing the name of the new palette we want to write.
 ;
-; @keyword OVER 
+; @keyword OVER
 ; the number of the palette we want to replace
 ;
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@
 ; The file containing the color palettes. It can be in any directory of the !path.
 ;
-; @keyword _EXTRA 
+; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass modifyct keywords
 ;
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 ; is nametbl belongs to the same effective user ID (UID) as the IDL process?
     IF !d.name EQ 'X' THEN BEGIN ; works only for unix tye machine
-      IF file_test(nametbl, /user) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
-        noanswer = report('The file '+nametbl+' is not yours... Do you want to copy '+nameshort+' in your MyIDL diectory: '+homedir+' ?', /default_no, /question)
-        IF noanswer THEN return ELSE BEGIN 
+      IF file_test(nametbl, /user) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
+        noanswer = report('The file '+nametbl+' is not yours... Do you want to copy '+nameshort+' in your MyIDL directory: '+homedir+' ?', /default_no, /question)
+        IF noanswer THEN return ELSE BEGIN
           file_copy, nametbl, homedir  ; copy the file
           nametbl = homedir + nametbl  ; update its name
@@ -54,15 +54,15 @@
     ENDIF
 ; no file nametbl found
-    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN                           
+    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       nametbl = file_basename(namesave)        ; get back the original nametbl
-      noanswer = report('The file '+nametbl+' was not found !path directories... Do you want to create such a file in  your MyIDL diectory: '+homedir+' ?', /default_no, /question)
+      noanswer = report('The file '+nametbl+' was not found !path directories... Do you want to create such a file in  your MyIDL directory: '+homedir+' ?', /default_no, /question)
       if NOT noanswer then return
-      nameorg = filepath('colors1.tbl', subdir = ['resource', 'colors']) 
+      nameorg = filepath('colors1.tbl', subdir = ['resource', 'colors'])
       file_copy, nameorg, homedir
-    ENDELSE 
+    ENDELSE
 ; is nametbl writable?
     IF file_test(nametbl, /write) NE 1 THEN file_chmod, nametbl, /u_write
 ; make sure that we will really use nametbl name even if _EXTRA keyword is used
-    if n_elements(ex) NE 0 then $ 
+    if n_elements(ex) NE 0 then $
        if (where(tag_names(ex) EQ 'FILE'))[0] NE -1 then ex.FILE = nametbl
 ;
Index: /trunk/SRC/Computation/curl.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Computation/curl.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Computation/curl.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -9,16 +9,16 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Calculation
-; 
+;
 ; @param UU
 ; Matrix representing the zonal coordinates (U point) of a field of vectors
 ; A 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) or a structure readable by litchamp and containing
 ; a 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) array (4d case is not coded yet).
-; note that the dimension of the arry must suit the domain dimension.
-;
-; @param VV 
+; note that the dimension of the array must suit the domain dimension.
+;
+; @param VV
 ; Matrix representing the meridional coordinates (V point) of a field of vectors
 ; A 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) or a structure readable by litchamp and containing
 ; a 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) array (4d case is not coded yet).
-; note that the dimension of the arry must suit the domain dimension.
+; note that the dimension of the array must suit the domain dimension.
 ;
 ; @keyword DIREC {type=scalar string}
@@ -30,19 +30,19 @@
 ;
 ; @uses
-; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh 
+; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh
 ;
 ; @restrictions
 ;
-; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid. 
+; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid.
 ; - UU must be on U grid, VV must be on V grid
 ; - 4d case is not coded yet
 ; - the common variable jpt is used to differ xyz (jpt=1) and xyt (jpt\=1) cases.
-; - U and V arrays are cut in the same geographic domain. Because of the shift between 
-;   T, U, V and F grids, it is possible that these two arrays do not have the same 
-;   size and refer to different indexes. In this case, arrays are re-cut on 
+; - U and V arrays are cut in the same geographic domain. Because of the shift between
+;   T, U, V and F grids, it is possible that these two arrays do not have the same
+;   size and refer to different indexes. In this case, arrays are re-cut on
 ;   common indexes. To avoid these re-cuts, use the keyword /memeindice in domdef.pro
 ; - When computing the divergence, we update, vargrid, varname, varunits and the
 ;   grid position parameters (firstxf, lastxf, nxf, firstyf, lastyf, nyf).
-; - points that cannot be computed (domain bondaries, coastline) are set to NaN
+; - points that cannot be computed (domain boundaries, coastline) are set to NaN
 ;
 ; @examples
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 ; IDL> plt, curl(dist(jpi,jpj), dist(jpi,jpj))
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Guillaume Roullet (grlod\@ipsl.jussieu.fr)
 ; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ; adaptation to work with a reduce domain
 ; 21/5/1999: missing values at !values.f_nan
-; 
+;
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
-; @todo 
+; @todo
 ; code the 4d case
 ;-
@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@
 @cm_4cal                        ; for jpt
 @cm_4data                       ; for varname, vargrid, vardate, varunit, valmask
-@cm_4mesh 
+@cm_4mesh
 ;
   tempsun = systime(1)          ; To key_performance
@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@
   szu = size(u)
   szv = size(v)
-  
+
   if szu[0] NE szv[0] then return, report('U and V input data must have the same number of dimensions')
 
@@ -96,5 +96,5 @@
   indiceyv = (lindgen(jpj))[firstyv:firstyv+nyv-1]
   indicey = inter(indiceyu, indiceyv)
-  nx = n_elements(indicex) 
+  nx = n_elements(indicex)
   ny = n_elements(indicey)
   indice2d = lindgen(jpi, jpj)
@@ -105,5 +105,5 @@
   varunits = 's-1'
   if n_elements(valmask) EQ 0 THEN valmask = 1e20
-  firstxt = indicex[0] & lastxt = indicex[0]+nx-1 & nxt = nx 
+  firstxt = indicex[0] & lastxt = indicex[0]+nx-1 & nxt = nx
   firstyt = indicey[0] & lastyt = indicey[0]+ny-1 & nyt = ny
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@
 ;xyz
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt EQ 1:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt EQ 1:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; extraction of U and V on the appropriated domain
@@ -119,5 +119,5 @@
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           case 1 of
             nxu NE nx:if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *]
@@ -129,5 +129,5 @@
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
           v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
@@ -142,5 +142,5 @@
       landu = where(coefu EQ 0)
       if landu[0] NE -1 then coefu[temporary(landu)] = !values.f_nan
-      
+
       coefv = ((e2v[indice2d])[*]#replicate(1., nzt)) $
               *(vmask())[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, firstzt:lastzt]
@@ -175,5 +175,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt GT 1:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt GT 1:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; extraction of U and V on the appropriated domain
@@ -181,20 +181,20 @@
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           if nxu NE nx then $
-             if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *] 
+             if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *]
           IF nxv NE nx THEN $
              if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *, *]
           IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-             if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny, *] 
+             if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny, *]
           IF nyv NE ny THEN $
              if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny, *]
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
           v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
         END
-        ELSE:BEGIN 
+        ELSE:BEGIN
           print, 'problemes d''adequation entre la taille du domaine et la taille des matrices necessaires a tracer des vecteurs'
           return, -1
@@ -240,5 +240,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 4:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 4:BEGIN
       return, report('Case not coded contact saxo team or make a do loop!')
     END
@@ -248,21 +248,21 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 2:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 2:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           if nxu NE nx then $
-             if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *] 
+             if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *]
           IF nxv NE nx THEN $
              if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *]
           IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-             if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny] 
+             if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny]
           IF nyv NE ny THEN $
              if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny]
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indice2d]
           v = v[indice2d]
@@ -305,5 +305,5 @@
   ENDCASE
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps curl', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps curl', systime(1)-tempsun
 
   return, psi
Index: /trunk/SRC/Computation/div.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Computation/div.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Computation/div.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -10,15 +10,15 @@
 ; Calculation
 ;
-; @param UU 
+; @param UU
 ; Matrix representing the zonal coordinates (U point) of a field of vectors
 ; A 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) or a structure readable by litchamp and containing
 ; a 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) array (4d case is not coded yet).
-; note that the dimension of the arry must suit the domain dimension.
-;
-; @param VV 
+; note that the dimension of the array must suit the domain dimension.
+;
+; @param VV
 ; Matrix representing the meridional coordinates (V point) of a field of vectors
 ; A 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) or a structure readable by litchamp and containing
 ; a 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) array (4d case is not coded yet).
-; note that the dimension of the arry must suit the domain dimension.
+; note that the dimension of the array must suit the domain dimension.
 ;
 ; @keyword DIREC {type=scalar string}
@@ -30,19 +30,19 @@
 ;
 ; @uses
-; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh 
+; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh
 ;
 ; @restrictions
 ;
-; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid. 
+; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid.
 ; - UU must be on U grid, VV must be on V grid
 ; - 4d case is not coded yet
 ; - the common variable jpt is used to differ xyz (jpt=1) and xyt (jpt\=1) cases.
-; - U and V arrays are cut in the same geographic domain. Because of the shift between 
-;   T, U, V and F grids, it is possible that these two arrays do not have the same 
-;   size and refer to different indexes. In this case, arrays are re-cut on 
+; - U and V arrays are cut in the same geographic domain. Because of the shift between
+;   T, U, V and F grids, it is possible that these two arrays do not have the same
+;   size and refer to different indexes. In this case, arrays are re-cut on
 ;   common indexes. To avoid these re-cuts, use the keyword /memeindice in domdef.pro
 ; - When computing the divergence, we update, vargrid, varname, varunits and the
 ;   grid position parameters (firstxt, lastxt, nxt, firstyt, lastyt, nyt).
-; - points that cannot be computed (domain bondaries, coastline) are set to NaN
+; - points that cannot be computed (domain boundaries, coastline) are set to NaN
 ;
 ; @examples
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@
 ; $Id$
 ;
-; @todo 
+; @todo
 ; code the 4d case
 ;-
@@ -70,5 +70,5 @@
 @cm_4cal                        ; for jpt
 @cm_4data                       ; for varname, vargrid, vardate, varunit, valmask
-@cm_4mesh 
+@cm_4mesh
 ;
   tempsun = systime(1)          ; For key_performance
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@
   szu = size(u)
   szv = size(v)
-  
+
   if szu[0] NE szv[0] then return, report('U and V input data must have the same number of dimensions')
 
@@ -95,5 +95,5 @@
   indiceyv = (lindgen(jpj))[firstyv:firstyv+nyv-1]
   indicey = inter(indiceyu, indiceyv)
-  nx = n_elements(indicex) 
+  nx = n_elements(indicex)
   ny = n_elements(indicey)
   indice2d = lindgen(jpi, jpj)
@@ -104,5 +104,5 @@
   varunits = '1.e6*s-1'
   if n_elements(valmask) EQ 0 THEN valmask = 1.e20
-  firstxt = indicex[0] & lastxt = indicex[0]+nx-1 & nxt = nx 
+  firstxt = indicex[0] & lastxt = indicex[0]+nx-1 & nxt = nx
   firstyt = indicey[0] & lastyt = indicey[0]+ny-1 & nyt = ny
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -112,5 +112,5 @@
 ;xyz
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt EQ 1:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt EQ 1:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; extraction of U and V on the appropriated domain
@@ -118,5 +118,5 @@
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           case 1 of
             nxu NE nx:if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *]
@@ -128,5 +128,5 @@
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
           v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
@@ -168,5 +168,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt GT 1:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 3 AND jpt GT 1:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; extraction of U and V on the appropriated domain
@@ -174,5 +174,5 @@
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           case 1 of
             nxu NE nx:if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *]
@@ -184,5 +184,5 @@
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
           v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1, indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
@@ -218,5 +218,5 @@
 ;
       land = where(tmask[indice2d+jpi*jpj*firstzt] EQ 0, cnt)
-      if land[0] NE -1 then BEGIN 
+      if land[0] NE -1 then BEGIN
         land = (temporary(land))#replicate(1L, jpt) + replicate(1L, cnt)#(nx*ny*lindgen(jpt))
         zdiv[temporary(land)] = valmask
@@ -229,5 +229,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 4:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 4:BEGIN
       return, report('Case not coded contact saxo team or make a do loop!')
     END
@@ -237,5 +237,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    szu[0] EQ 2:BEGIN 
+    szu[0] EQ 2:BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; extraction of U and V on the appropriated domain
@@ -243,5 +243,5 @@
       case 1 of
         szu[1] EQ nxu AND szu[2] EQ nyu AND $
-           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ nxv AND szv[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
           case 1 of
             nxu NE nx:if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *]
@@ -253,5 +253,5 @@
         END
         szu[1] EQ jpi AND szu[2] EQ jpj AND $
-           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+           szv[1] EQ jpi AND szv[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
           u = u[indice2d]
           v = v[indice2d]
@@ -291,8 +291,8 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ELSE:return, report('U and V input arrays must have 2, 3 or 4 dimensions')
-  ENDCASE   
-;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps div', systime(1)-tempsun 
-  
+  ENDCASE
+;------------------------------------------------------------
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps div', systime(1)-tempsun
+
   return, zdiv
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/Computation/grad.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Computation/grad.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Computation/grad.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@
 ; 3D (xyz or yt) or 4D (xyzt) array or a structure readable by litchamp
 ; and containing a 2D (xy), 3D (xyz or yt) or 4D (xyzt) array.
-; note that the dimension of the arry must suit the domain dimension.
+; note that the dimension of the array must suit the domain dimension.
 ;
 ; @param DIREC {type=scalar string}
@@ -22,13 +22,13 @@
 ;
 ; @uses
-; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh 
+; cm_4cal, cm_4data, cm_4mmesh
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid. 
+; - Works only for Arakawa C-grid.
 ; - When computing the gradient, the result is not on the same grid point
 ;   than the input data. In consequence, we update, vargrid and the grid position
 ;   parameters (firstx[tuvf], lastx[tuvf], nx[tuvf], firsty[tuvf], lasty[tuvf],
 ;   ny[tuvf], firstz[tw], lastz[tw], nz[tw]).
-; - points that cannot be computed (domain bondaries, coastline) are set to NaN
+; - points that cannot be computed (domain boundaries, coastline) are set to NaN
 ; - the common variable jpt is used to differ xyz (jpt=1) and xyt (jpt\=1) cases.
 ;
@@ -54,5 +54,5 @@
 @cm_4cal   ; for jpt
 @cm_4data  ; for varname, vargrid, vardate, varunit, valmask
-@cm_4mesh 
+@cm_4mesh
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;
@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@
   szres = size(res)
   grille, mask, glam, gphi, gdep, nx, ny, nz $
-          , firstx, firsty, firstz, lastx, lasty, lastz     
+          , firstx, firsty, firstz, lastx, lasty, lastz
 ;
   if n_elements(valmask) EQ 0 then valmask = 1.e20
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@
     'T':BEGIN
       case direc of
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           divi = e1u[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
           newmask = (umask())[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'U'
-          firstxu = firstxt & lastxu = lastxt & nxu = nxt 
+          firstxu = firstxt & lastxu = lastxt & nxu = nxt
           firstyu = firstyt & lastyu = lastyt & nyu = nyt
         END
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@
           newmask = (vmask())[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'V'
-          firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt 
+          firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt
           firstyv = firstyt & lastyv = lastyt & nyv = nyt
         END
@@ -90,5 +90,5 @@
           newmask = mask
           vargrid = 'W'
-          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt 
+          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt
         END
         ELSE:return, report('Bad definition of direction argument')
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@
     'W':BEGIN
       case direc of
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           divi = e1u[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
           newmask = (umask())[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'U'
-          firstxu = firstxt & lastxu = lastxt & nxu = nxt 
+          firstxu = firstxt & lastxu = lastxt & nxu = nxt
           firstyu = firstyt & lastyu = lastyt & nyu = nyt
         END
@@ -108,5 +108,5 @@
           newmask = (vmask())[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'V'
-          firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt 
+          firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt
           firstyv = firstyt & lastyv = lastyt & nyv = nyt
         END
@@ -115,5 +115,5 @@
           newmask = mask
           vargrid = 'T'
-          firstzt = firstzw & lastzt = lastzw & nzt = nzw 
+          firstzt = firstzw & lastzt = lastzw & nzt = nzw
         END
         ELSE:return, report('Bad definition of direction argument')
@@ -126,5 +126,5 @@
           newmask = tmask[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'T'
-          firstxt = firstxu & lastxt = lastxu & nxt = nxu 
+          firstxt = firstxu & lastxt = lastxu & nxt = nxu
           firstyt = firstyu & lastyt = lastyu & nyt = nyu
         END
@@ -133,5 +133,5 @@
           newmask = (fmask())[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty, firstz:lastz]
           vargrid = 'F'
-          firstxf = firstxu & lastxf = lastxu & nxf = nxu 
+          firstxf = firstxu & lastxf = lastxu & nxf = nxu
           firstyf = firstyu & lastyf = lastyu & nyf = nyu
         END
@@ -140,5 +140,5 @@
           newmask = mask
           vargrid = 'W'
-          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt 
+          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt
         END
         ELSE:return, report('Bad definition of direction argument')
@@ -165,5 +165,5 @@
           newmask = mask
           vargrid = 'W'
-          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt 
+          firstzw = firstzt & lastzw = lastzt & nzw = nzt
         END
         ELSE:return, report('Bad definition of direction argument')
@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@
       if land[0] NE -1 then res[temporary(land)] = !values.f_nan
       case direc of
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           res = (shift(res, -1, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
           if key_periodic EQ 0 OR nx NE jpi THEN res[nx-1, *] = !values.f_nan
           if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'V' then res = shift(temporary(res), 1, 0)
         END
-        'y':BEGIN 
+        'y':BEGIN
           res = (shift(res, 0, -1)-res)/temporary(divi)
           res[*, ny-1] = !values.f_nan
-          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1)           
+          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1)
         END
         ELSE:return,  report('Bad definition of direction argument for the type of array')
@@ -217,13 +217,13 @@
       divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1., jpt)
       case direc of
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           res = (shift(res, -1, 0, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
           if key_periodic EQ 0 OR nx NE jpi THEN res[nx-1, *, *] = !values.f_nan
           if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'V' then res = shift(temporary(res), 1, 0, 0)
         END
-        'y':BEGIN 
+        'y':BEGIN
           res = (shift(res, 0, -1, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
           res[*, ny-1, *] = !values.f_nan
-          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0)        
+          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0)
         END
         ELSE:return,  report('Bad definition of direction argument for the type of array')
@@ -242,5 +242,5 @@
       if land[0] NE -1 then res[temporary(land)] = !values.f_nan
       case direc OF
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1., nz)
           res = (shift(res, -1, 0, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
@@ -248,14 +248,14 @@
           if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'V' then res = shift(temporary(res), 1, 0, 0)
         END
-        'y':BEGIN 
+        'y':BEGIN
           divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1., nz)
           res = (shift(res, 0, -1, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
           res[*, ny-1, *] = !values.f_nan
-          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0)        
+          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0)
         END
         'z':BEGIN
           divi = replicate(1., nx*ny)#(temporary(divi))[*]
           if nx EQ 1 OR ny EQ 1 then res = reform(res, nx, ny, nz, /overwrite)
-          if vargrid EQ 'W' THEN BEGIN 
+          if vargrid EQ 'W' THEN BEGIN
             res = (shift(res, 0, 0, 1)-res)/temporary(divi)
             res[*, *, 0] = !values.f_nan
@@ -279,5 +279,5 @@
       ENDIF
       case direc OF
-        'x':BEGIN 
+        'x':BEGIN
           divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1., nz*jpt)
           res = (shift(res, -1, 0, 0, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
@@ -285,9 +285,9 @@
           if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'V' then res = shift(temporary(res), 1, 0, 0, 0)
         END
-        'y':BEGIN 
+        'y':BEGIN
           divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1., nz*jpt)
           res = (shift(res, 0, -1, 0, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
           res[*, ny-1, *, *] = !values.f_nan
-          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0, 0)        
+          if vargrid EQ 'T' OR vargrid EQ 'U' then res = shift(temporary(res), 0, 1, 0, 0)
         END
         'z':BEGIN
@@ -295,5 +295,5 @@
           divi = (temporary(divi))[*]#replicate(1L, jpt)
           if nx EQ 1 OR ny EQ 1 then res = reform(res, nx, ny, nz, jpt, /overwrite)
-          if vargrid EQ 'W' THEN BEGIN 
+          if vargrid EQ 'W' THEN BEGIN
             res = (shift(res, 0, 0, 1, 0)-res)/temporary(divi)
             res[*, *, 0, *] = !values.f_nan
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/checkperio.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/checkperio.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/checkperio.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
 ; @param file {in}{required}{type=scalar string}
 ; A string giving the name of the NetCdf file
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword WRITE {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
 ; Define to 1 to write the good periodicity in the file.
-; By default print only mesage of periodicity errors
+; By default print only message of periodicity errors
 ;
 ; @restrictions
@@ -38,5 +38,5 @@
 ; @history
 ; October 2006: Sebastien Masson (smasson\@locean-ipsl.upmc.fr)
-;    
+;
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@
 PRO checkperio, file, WRITE = write
 
-  IF file_test(file) EQ 0 THEN BEGIN 
+  IF file_test(file) EQ 0 THEN BEGIN
     print, 'file '+file+' not found'
     RETURN
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@
 ;
   dimsz = lonarr(finq.ndims)
-  FOR did = 0, finq.ndims-1 DO BEGIN 
+  FOR did = 0, finq.ndims-1 DO BEGIN
     ncdf_diminq, cdfid, did, name, size
     dimsz[did] = size
   ENDFOR
 ;
-  FOR vid = 0, finq.nvars-1 DO BEGIN 
+  FOR vid = 0, finq.nvars-1 DO BEGIN
     vinq =  ncdf_varinq(cdfid, vid)
     IF vinq.ndims GE 2 THEN BEGIN
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@
 ; 2D VAR
 ;------------------------------
-        2:BEGIN 
+        2:BEGIN
 ; y periodicity (1)
           CASE 1 OF
@@ -75,5 +75,5 @@
               ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [jpi-2, 1], offset = [1, jpj-3]
               part2 = reverse(shift(part2, -1))
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@
               ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [jpi-2, 1], offset = [1, jpj-2]
               part2 = reverse(part2)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@
               ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [(jpi-1)/2-2+1, 1], offset = [          2, jpj-2]
               part2 = reverse(part2)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (2)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -112,5 +112,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj], offset = [0, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj], offset = [jpi-2, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (1)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -120,5 +120,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj], offset = [jpi-1, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj], offset = [1, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (2)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -129,5 +129,5 @@
 ; 3D VAR
 ;------------------------------
-        3:BEGIN 
+        3:BEGIN
           jpk = vdimsz[2]
 ; y periodicity (1)
@@ -138,5 +138,5 @@
               IF jpk EQ 1 THEN part2 = reform(part2, jpi-2, 1, jpk, /over)
               part2 = reverse(shift(part2, -1, 0, 0), 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -149,5 +149,5 @@
               IF jpk EQ 1 THEN part2 = reform(part2, jpi-2, 1, jpk, /over)
               part2 = reverse(part2, 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -163,5 +163,5 @@
               ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [(jpi-1)/2-2+1, 1, jpk], offset = [          2, jpj-2, 0]
               part2 = reverse(part2, 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (2)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj, jpk], offset = [0, 0, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj, jpk], offset = [jpi-2, 0, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (1)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -184,5 +184,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj, jpk], offset = [jpi-1, 0, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj, jpk], offset = [1, 0, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (2)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -193,5 +193,5 @@
 ; 4D VAR
 ;------------------------------
-        4:BEGIN 
+        4:BEGIN
           jpk = vdimsz[2]
           jpt = vdimsz[3]
@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@
               IF jpt EQ 1 THEN part2 = reform(part2, jpi-2, 1, jpk, jpt, /over)
               part2 = reverse(shift(part2, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@
               IF jpt EQ 1 THEN part2 = reform(part2, jpi-2, 1, jpk, jpt, /over)
               part2 = reverse(part2, 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (1)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -228,5 +228,5 @@
               ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [(jpi-1)/2-2+1, 1, jpk, jpt], offset = [          2, jpj-2, 0, 0]
               part2 = reverse(part2, 1)
-              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+              IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
                 print, vinq.name+' bad y periodicity (2)'
                 IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -241,5 +241,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj, jpk, jpt], offset = [0, 0, 0, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj, jpk, jpt], offset = [jpi-2, 0, 0, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (1)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -249,5 +249,5 @@
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part1, count = [1, jpj, jpk, jpt], offset = [jpi-1, 0, 0, 0]
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, vid, part2, count = [1, jpj, jpk, jpt], offset = [1, 0, 0, 0]
-          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF array_equal(part1, part2) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
             print, vinq.name+' bad x periodicity (2)'
             IF keyword_set(write) THEN $
@@ -257,5 +257,5 @@
         ELSE:print, vinq.name+' nothing to check'
       ENDCASE
-    ENDIF    
+    ENDIF
   ENDFOR
 
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/computegrid.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/computegrid.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/computegrid.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ;
 ; compute the grid parameters (cm_4mesh) common
@@ -50,5 +50,5 @@
 ; ccmeshparameters, ccreadparameters
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Grid
 ;
@@ -72,5 +72,5 @@
 ;       optional if [XY]AXIS keyword is used or stepxin is a vector
 ;
-; @param nyin {in}{optional}{type=scalar} 
+; @param nyin {in}{optional}{type=scalar}
 ;       number of points in y direction,
 ;       optional if [XY]AXIS keyword is used or stepyin is a vector
@@ -111,5 +111,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword SHIFT {default=computed according to glamboundary}{type=scalar}
-;       Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data. 
+;       Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data.
 ;       The resulting value will be stored in the common (cm_4mesh) variable key_shift
 ;       Note that if key_periodic=0 then in any case key_shift = 0.
@@ -169,5 +169,5 @@
 ;       Activate when the model is a C grid based on a F point
 ;       (with a F point at the bottom-left corner and a T point at the
-;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore 
+;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore
 ;         - the first line of F and V points
 ;         - the last  line of T and U points
@@ -181,5 +181,5 @@
 ;       Activate when the model is a C grid based on a U point
 ;       (with a U point at the bottom-left corner and a T point at the
-;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore 
+;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore
 ;         - if the grid is not x-periodic, the first column of F and U points
 ;         - if the grid is not x-periodic, the last  column of T and V points.
@@ -191,5 +191,5 @@
 ;       Activate when the model is a C grid based on a V point
 ;       (with a V point at the bottom-left corner and a T point at the
-;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore 
+;       upper-right corner). In this case, we ignore
 ;         - the first line of F and V points
 ;         - the last  line of T and U points
@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@
 ;       Used when the model is a ROMS C-grid with one more point
 ;       in longitude for T and V grid and one more point in latitude
-;       for T and U grid. In this case, we ignore 
+;       for T and U grid. In this case, we ignore
 ;         - the last line of T and U points
 ;         - the last column of T and V points.
@@ -215,10 +215,10 @@
 ;       Specify the vertical axis. Must be sorted in the increasing or deceasing order
 ;
-; @keyword _EXTRA 
+; @keyword _EXTRA
 ;    (not used in the present case...)
 ;
 ; @uses cm_4mesh cm_4data cm_4cal
 ;
-; @restrictions if the grid has x/y periodicity orverlap and/or if
+; @restrictions if the grid has x/y periodicity overlap and/or if
 ;    the mask has 0 everywhere at the border (like a close sea) and
 ;    if (we did not activate /plain and xminmesh, xmaxmesh, yminmesh,
@@ -230,10 +230,12 @@
 ; @restrictions FUV points definition is not exact if the grid is irregular
 ;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      2000-04-20
-;  Sept 2004, several bug fixs to suit C grid type...
+;  Sept 2004, several bug fix to suit C grid type...
 ;  Aug 2005, rewritte almost everything...
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -996,5 +998,5 @@
       gdepw = gdept
     ENDELSE
-    IF keyword_set(romsh) THEN gdepw = gdept 
+    IF keyword_set(romsh) THEN gdepw = gdept
 ;
 ;====================================================
@@ -1020,5 +1022,5 @@
       tmask = tmask[*]#replicate(1, jpkglo)
       tmask = reform(tmask, jpiglo, jpjglo, jpkglo, /overwrite)
-    ENDIF  
+    ENDIF
     IF jpiglo EQ 1 OR jpjglo EQ 1 THEN tmask = reform(tmask, jpiglo, jpjglo, jpkglo, /overwrite)
     tmask = byte(tmask[ixminmesh:ixmaxmesh, iyminmesh:iymaxmesh, izminmesh:izmaxmesh])
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshread.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshread.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshread.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@
 ; @file_comments read NetCDF meshmask file created by OPA
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Grid
 ;
@@ -46,5 +46,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword SHIFT {default=computed according to glamboundary}{type=scalar}
-;    Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data. 
+;    Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data.
 ;    The resulting value will be stored in the common (cm_4mesh) variable key_shift
 ;    Note that if key_periodic=0 then in any case key_shift = 0.
@@ -67,5 +67,6 @@
 ;  are equal to -1 they will be automatically defined
 ;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      12/1999
 ; July 2004, Sebastien Masson: Several modifications (micromeshmask,
@@ -75,5 +76,6 @@
 ; Aug. 2005, Sebastien Masson: some cleaning + english
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -218,5 +220,5 @@
 ;
       IF array_equal(sort(xaxis), lindgen(jpi)) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-        print, 'the x axis (1st line of glamt) is not sorted in the inceasing order after the automatic definition of key_shift'
+        print, 'the x axis (1st line of glamt) is not sorted in the increasing order after the automatic definition of key_shift'
         print, 'please use the keyword shift (and periodic) to suppress the automatic definition of key_shift (and key_periodic) and define by hand a more suitable value...'
         widget_control, noticebase, bad_id = nothing, /destroy
@@ -405,5 +407,5 @@
     tmask = byte(res)
   ENDELSE
-; boudary conditions used to compute umask.
+; boundary conditions used to compute umask.
   varcontient = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, 'umask')
   name = varcontient.name
@@ -420,5 +422,5 @@
     umaskred = reform(byte(res), /over)
   ENDELSE
-; boudary conditions used to compute fmask (1).
+; boundary conditions used to compute fmask (1).
   varcontient = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, 'fmask')
   name = varcontient.name
@@ -433,5 +435,5 @@
     fmaskredy = temporary(fmaskredy) MOD 2
   ENDELSE
-; boudary conditions used to compute vmask
+; boundary conditions used to compute vmask
   varcontient = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, 'vmask')
   name = varcontient.name
@@ -459,5 +461,5 @@
     vmaskred = reform(byte(res), /over)
   ENDELSE
-; boudary conditions used to compute fmask (2).
+; boundary conditions used to compute fmask (2).
   varcontient = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, 'fmask')
   name = varcontient.name
@@ -509,5 +511,5 @@
   ncdf_close,  cdfid
 ;-------------------------------------------------------
-; Apply Glamboudary
+; Apply Glamboundary
 ;-------------------------------------------------------
   if keyword_set(glamboundary) AND key_onearth then BEGIN
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshroms.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshroms.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/ncdf_meshroms.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@
 ; @file_comments read NetCDF grid file created by ROMS
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Grid
 ;
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
 ; @keyword NRHO {default=1}{type=scalar}
 ;    Specify the number of rho level that contain the data we want to explore.
-;    This is mainly useful when using xxx to get access to the depper levers and vertical sections.
+;    This is mainly useful when using xxx to get access to the deeper levers and vertical sections.
 ;
 ; @keyword SHIFT {default=computed according to glamboundary}{type=scalar}
-;    Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data. 
+;    Force the manual definition of the zonal shift that must be apply to the data.
 ;    The resulting value will be stored in the common (cm_4mesh) variable key_shift
 ;    Note that if key_periodic=0 then in any case key_shift = 0.
@@ -77,9 +77,11 @@
 ;
 ;  Scale factors are compuited using the distance between the points
-;  (which is not the exact definition for irregulare grid).
-;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr) September 2006
-;
-; @version $Id$
+;  (which is not the exact definition for irregular grid).
+;
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr) September 2006
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -197,5 +199,5 @@
 ;
       IF array_equal(sort(xaxis), lindgen(jpi)) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-        print, 'the x axis (1st line of glamt) is not sorted in the inceasing order after the automatic definition of key_shift'
+        print, 'the x axis (1st line of glamt) is not sorted in the increasing order after the automatic definition of key_shift'
         print, 'please use the keyword shift (and periodic) to suppress the automatic definition of key_shift (and key_periodic) and define by hand a more suitable value...'
         widget_control, noticebase, bad_id = nothing, /destroy
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/restoreboxparam.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/restoreboxparam.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/restoreboxparam.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
 ;
 ; @file_comments restore all the zoom parameters (defined by calling domdef)
-; perviously defined by saveboxparam
+; previously defined by saveboxparam
 ;
-; @param filename {in}{required} 
-; a scalar string defining the file name 
+; @param filename {in}{required}
+; a scalar string defining the file name
 ;
 ; @uses cm_4mesh (and cm_demomode_used if we are in demo mode)
 ;
-; @restrictions call def_myuniquetmpdir, if myuniquetmpdir is undefined: 
+; @restrictions call def_myuniquetmpdir, if myuniquetmpdir is undefined:
 ;               => define, create and add it to !path
 ;
 ; @examples
 ; IDL> restoreboxparam, filename
-; 
+;
 ; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      July 2005
@@ -88,3 +88,3 @@
   return
 end
-    
+
Index: /trunk/SRC/Grid/romsdepth.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Grid/romsdepth.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Grid/romsdepth.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@
 ; common variable (cm_4mesh) romszinfos must be correctly defined
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Sept 2006 Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;
@@ -41,5 +41,5 @@
   grille, -1, -1, -1, -1, nx, ny, nz, firstx, firsty, firstz, lastx, lasty, lastz
   hroms = hroms[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
-  nt = n_elements(zeta)/nx/ny 
+  nt = n_elements(zeta)/nx/ny
 ;
   cff1 = 1./sinh(theta_s)
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@
 ;
   IF type EQ 'W' THEN BEGIN
-    sc = (findgen(jpk)-jpk)/jpk      
-;  sc = (dindgen(jpk+1)-jpk)/jpk      
+    sc = (findgen(jpk)-jpk)/jpk
+;  sc = (dindgen(jpk+1)-jpk)/jpk
 ;  jpk = jpk+1
   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-    sc = (findgen(jpk)-jpk-0.5+1)/jpk  
+    sc = (findgen(jpk)-jpk-0.5+1)/jpk
   ENDELSE
 ;
@@ -60,5 +60,5 @@
   hinv = 1./hroms
   hinv = hinv[*]#replicate(1., jpk)
-; put a z dimenstion to zeta
+; put a z dimension to zeta
   zeta = transpose(temporary(zeta))
   zeta = reform((temporary(zeta))[*]#replicate(1., jpk), nt, ny, nx, jpk, /overwrite)
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromirr_bilinear_weigaddr.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromirr_bilinear_weigaddr.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromirr_bilinear_weigaddr.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@
 ; to any grid using the bilinear method
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Interpolation
 ;
@@ -53,5 +53,6 @@
 ;  June 2006: Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -65,5 +66,5 @@
 ;
   jpio = (size(olonin, /dimensions))[0]
-  jpjo = (size(olonin, /dimensions))[1]  
+  jpjo = (size(olonin, /dimensions))[1]
 ; mask check
   IF n_elements(omsk) EQ 1 AND omsk[0] EQ -1 THEN omsk = replicate(1b, jpio, jpjo)
@@ -73,5 +74,5 @@
     stop
   ENDIF
-  IF n_elements(amsk) NE jpia*jpja THEN BEGIN 
+  IF n_elements(amsk) NE jpia*jpja THEN BEGIN
     print, 'output grid mask do not have the good size'
     stop
@@ -181,5 +182,5 @@
         ind = good[ind]
 ; now, we morph the quadrilateral ocean cell into the reference square (0 -> 1)
-; in addition we get the corrdinates of the atmospheric point in this new morphed square
+; in addition we get the coordinates of the atmospheric point in this new morphed square
         IF onsphere THEN BEGIN
 ; Warning! quadrilateral2square use anticlockwise quadrilateral definition
@@ -213,5 +214,5 @@
           xy[1] EQ 0 AND (tmpmsk[0]+tmpmsk[1]) EQ 0    : foraddr[n] = -1
           xy[1] EQ 1 AND (tmpmsk[2]+tmpmsk[3]) EQ 0    : foraddr[n] = -1
-          ELSE: BEGIN 
+          ELSE: BEGIN
 ; we keep its address
         foraddr[n] = ind
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_bilinear_weigaddr.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_bilinear_weigaddr.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_bilinear_weigaddr.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
 ; "regular grid" to any grid using the bilinear method
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Interpolation
 ;
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@
 ; @keyword NONORTHERNLINE {type=scalar 0 or 1}{default=0}
 ; put 1 if you don't want to take into
-; account the northen line of the input data when performing the interpolation.
+; account the northern line of the input data when performing the interpolation.
 ;
 ; @keyword NOSOUTHERNLINE {type=scalar 0 or 1}{default=0}
@@ -48,5 +48,6 @@
 ;  November 2005: Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -109,10 +110,10 @@
   IF ma GE minalon+360. THEN stop
 ;
-; we want to do biliear interpolation => for each ocean point, we must
+; we want to do bilinear interpolation => for each ocean point, we must
 ; find in which atm cell it is located.
 ; if the ocean point is out of the atm grid, we use closest neighbor
 ; interpolation
 ;
-; for each T point of oce grid, we find in which armospheric cell it is
+; for each T point of oce grid, we find in which atmospheric cell it is
 ; located.
 ; As the atmospheric grid is regular, we can use inrecgrid instead
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_imoms3_weigaddr.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_imoms3_weigaddr.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/compute_fromreg_imoms3_weigaddr.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@
 ; "regular grid" to any grid using the imoms3 method
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Interpolation
 ;
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@
 ; @keyword NONORTHERNLINE {type=scalar 0 or 1}{default=0}
 ; put 1 if you don't want to take into
-; account the northen line of the input data when performing the interpolation.
+; account the northern line of the input data when performing the interpolation.
 ;
 ; @keyword NOSOUTHERNLINE {type=scalar 0 or 1}{default=0}
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapolate.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapolate.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapolate.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 ;+
 ; @file_comments
-; extrapolate data (zinput) where maskinput eq 0 by filling step by 
+; extrapolate data (zinput) where maskinput eq 0 by filling step by
 ; step the coastline points with the mean value of the 8 neighbourgs
 ; (weighted by their mask value).
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Interpolation
 ;
@@ -47,5 +47,6 @@
 ;  Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -71,5 +72,5 @@
   ztmp = bytarr(nx+2, ny+2)
   IF n_elements(maskinput) EQ 1 AND maskinput[0] EQ -1 THEN maskinput = replicate(1b, nx, ny)
-  IF n_elements(maskinput) NE nx*ny THEN BEGIN 
+  IF n_elements(maskinput) NE nx*ny THEN BEGIN
     print, 'input grid mask do not have the good size'
     return, -1
@@ -97,5 +98,5 @@
 ;
   cnt = 1
-; When we look for the coast line, we don't want to select the
+; When we look for the coastline, we don't want to select the
 ; borderlines of the array. -> we force the value of the mask for
 ; those lines.
@@ -109,5 +110,5 @@
   WHILE cnt LE nb_iteration AND cnt_land NE 0 DO BEGIN
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
-; find the coast line points...
+; find the coastline points...
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
 ; Once the land points list has been found, we change back the the
@@ -148,5 +149,5 @@
     weight = weight[temporary(ok)]
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
-; fill the coastine points
+; fill the coastline points
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
     z = temporary(z)*msk
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapsmooth.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapsmooth.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/extrapsmooth.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
 ;-
 FUNCTION extrapsmooth, in, mskin, x_periodic = x_periodic, MINVAL = minval, MAXVAL = maxval, GE0 = ge0
-;  
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
 ;
-  sz = size(reform(in))  
-  IF sz[0] NE 2 THEN BEGIN 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
+;
+  sz = size(reform(in))
+  IF sz[0] NE 2 THEN BEGIN
     print, 'Input arrays must have 2 dimensions'
     return, -1
@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@
   ny = sz[2]
   IF n_elements(mskin) EQ 1 AND mskin[0] EQ -1 THEN mskin = replicate(1b, nx, ny)
-  IF n_elements(mskin) NE nx*ny THEN BEGIN 
+  IF n_elements(mskin) NE nx*ny THEN BEGIN
     print, 'input grid mask do not have the good size'
     return, -1
@@ -65,5 +65,5 @@
   whmsk = where(mskin EQ 0, nbr)
   IF nbr NE 0 THEN out[temporary(whmsk)] = !values.f_nan
-; add values on each side of the array to avoid bondary effects
+; add values on each side of the array to avoid boundary effects
   nx2 = nx/2
   ny2 = ny/2
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@
     add2 = out[nx-nx2:nx-1, *]
     out = [add2, [temporary(out)], add1]
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     add = replicate(!values.f_nan, nx2, ny+2*ny2)
     out = [add, [temporary(out)], add]
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/get_gridparams.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/get_gridparams.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/get_gridparams.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -142,5 +142,5 @@
         1:BEGIN
           IF array_equal(lon, lon[*, 0] # replicate(1, jpj)) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-            print, 'Longitudes are not the same for all latitudes, imposible to extract a 1D array of the longitudes'
+            print, 'Longitudes are not the same for all latitudes, impossible to extract a 1D array of the longitudes'
             stop
           ENDIF
@@ -163,5 +163,5 @@
         1:BEGIN
           IF array_equal(lat, replicate(1, jpi) # lat[0, *]) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-            print, 'Latitudes are not the same for all longitudes, imposible to extract a 1D array of the latitudes'
+            print, 'Latitudes are not the same for all longitudes, impossible to extract a 1D array of the latitudes'
             stop
           ENDIF
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@
         1:BEGIN
           IF array_equal(lon, lon[*, 0] # replicate(1, jpj)) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-            print, 'Longitudes are not the same for all latitudes, imposible to extract a 1D array of the longitudes'
+            print, 'Longitudes are not the same for all latitudes, impossible to extract a 1D array of the longitudes'
             stop
           ENDIF
           lon = lon[*, 0]
           IF array_equal(lat, replicate(1, jpi) # reform(lat[0, *])) NE 1 THEN BEGIN
-            print, 'Latitudes are not the same for all longitudes, imposible to extract a 1D array of the latitudes'
+            print, 'Latitudes are not the same for all longitudes, impossible to extract a 1D array of the latitudes'
             stop
           ENDIF
Index: /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/inquad.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/inquad.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Interpolation/inquad.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@
 ; to find if an (x,y) point is in a quadrilateral (x1,x2,x3,x4)
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Grid
 ;
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@
 ;
 ; computation of test without any do loop for ntofind points (x,y) and
-; nquad quadilateral((x1,x2,x3,x4),(y1,y2,y3,y4))
+; nquad quadrilateral((x1,x2,x3,x4),(y1,y2,y3,y4))
 ; test dimensions are (ntofind, nquad)
 ; column i of test corresponds to the intersection of point i with all
-; quadirlateral.
+; quadrilateral.
 ; row j of test corresponds to all the points localized in cell j
   test = $
Index: /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/lec.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/lec.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/lec.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,14 +6,14 @@
 ; lit les fichiers Vairmer en sort:
 ; un tableau 2d ou 3d en fonction de nomchamp qui est le nom
-; du champ a extaire (2d s'il commence par SO et 3d s'il commence par VO)
+; du champ a extraire (2d s'il commence par SO et 3d s'il commence par VO)
 ; cette fonction modifie aussi les variables globales:
 ; varname: trois lettres: nom de l'experience
 ; vargrid: nom de la grille
 ; vardate: date (yy)yymmdd
-; varexp: nom Vairmer du champ a tarcer
+; varexp: nom Vairmer du champ a tracer
 ;
 ; @obsolete
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics, Reading
 ;
@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@
 ; minuscule commencant par vo ou so). Dans cette methode on saute directement
 ; d'en-tete en en-tete jusqu'a trouver le bon fichier.
-;             2) chaine de characteres commencant par vo ou so suivit du
+;             2) chaine de caracteres commencant par vo ou so suivit du
 ; numero de champ a aller chercher (par ex 'vo5'). Cette methode est un peu
 ; plus rapide car elle va directement chercher le fichier qui nous interesse.
@@ -72,5 +72,6 @@
 ; @uses common.pro isnumber.pro fivardate.pro
 ;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;			26/5/98
 ;                       Jerome Vialard : adaptation au format vairmer
@@ -82,5 +83,6 @@
 ;			2/99
 ;
-; @version $Id$
+; @version 
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;;-
@@ -166,7 +168,7 @@
 ;  le fortran ajoute au debut et a la fin de chaque write 4 octets de controle
 ;  les reels du model sont codes sur 4 octets
-;  un charactere fait 1 octet
+;  un caractere fait 1 octet
 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-;4 chaines de 8 characteres+un tableau de reels+4 trucs de controle (pour les
+;4 chaines de 8 caracteres+un tableau de reels+4 trucs de controle (pour les
 ; 2 write):
    if dim eq 'VO' then $
@@ -229,5 +231,5 @@
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------------
       if taillebloc*numerochamp gt infofichier.size then $
-       return, report('Ce numero de champ n''exite pas. Le fichier '+infofichier.name+' ne contient que ',infofichier.size/taillebloc,' champs.')
+       return, report('Ce numero de champ n''existe pas. Le fichier '+infofichier.name+' ne contient que ',infofichier.size/taillebloc,' champs.')
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------------
 ; lecture de l'en-tete numero numerochamp
@@ -306,5 +308,5 @@
    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       case vargrid OF           ; on recupere le mask en entier ds le cas ou /TOUT
-         'U':mask = umask()     ; n''est pas active et on le choisit en fontion
+         'U':mask = umask()     ; n''est pas active et on le choisit en fonction
          'T':mask = tmask       ;  de la valeur de vargrid
          'W':mask = tmask
Index: /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/meshlec.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/meshlec.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/meshlec.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@
    tab    = 'aaaaa'
 ;---------------------------------------------------------
-;  definition du domaine de la grille surlequel sont
+;  definition du domaine de la grille sur lequel sont
 ;  effectuees les sorties.les indices des tableaux commencant
 ;  a 1: cf le fichier wrivr2.F ds WKOPA sur le cray
Index: /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/nlec.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/nlec.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Obsolete/nlec.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -221,5 +221,5 @@
    endif
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; points a metre a nan
+; points a mettre a nan
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    if n_elements(nan) NE 0 then BEGIN
Index: /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/idl-NetCDF/ncdf_quickread/ncdf_quickread_helper.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/idl-NetCDF/ncdf_quickread/ncdf_quickread_helper.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/idl-NetCDF/ncdf_quickread/ncdf_quickread_helper.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
 ;
-; ncdf_quickread_helper.pro - This file contains IDL functions to read netCDF 
-;                             data files into IDL variables. 
+; ncdf_quickread_helper.pro - This file contains IDL functions to read netCDF
+;                             data files into IDL variables.
 ;
 ; Adapted from CDF2IDL.pro
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@
 ;  This file contains the following functions and procedures:
 ;     functions:
-;        ncdf_quickread_getfile - strips the directory and optionally) any 
+;        ncdf_quickread_getfile - strips the directory and optionally) any
 ;                                 suffixes from the path+file
 ;        ncdf_quickread_getdir - returns the directory from the full path+file
@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@
 ;  10 Jun 97  S. Rupert     Modified keyword usage.
 ;  03 Feb 98  S. Rupert     Added additional error checking, and warning to
-;                           output script. 
+;                           output script.
 ;  17 Feb 98  S. Rupert     Corrected validation routine to handle instance
 ;                           of name strating with a number and containing a
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@
 ; @examples
 ; Call: file = ncdf_quickread_getfile(fullpath)
-; 
+;
 ; @history
 ;
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@
 on_error,2
 compile_opt hidden
-; Retrieve the postion at which the first '/' character occurs from
+; Retrieve the position at which the first '/' character occurs from
 ; the end of the string.
 dirlen = rstrpos(fullpath, '/')
@@ -111,5 +111,5 @@
 ; @examples
 ; Call: dir = ncdf_quickread_getdir(fullpath)
-; 
+;
 ; @history
 ;
@@ -122,5 +122,5 @@
 on_error,2
 compile_opt hidden
-; Retrieve the postion at which the first '/' character occurs from
+; Retrieve the position at which the first '/' character occurs from
 ; the end of the string.
 len = rstrpos(fullpath, '/')
@@ -139,8 +139,8 @@
 ; @file_comments
 ; This routine ensures that the given name does not start with a number,
-; nor contain a dash.  IDL cannot accept a variable starting with a 
-; number or containing a dash.  If the name starts with a number, an 
-; underscore is prepended to the name, and if it contains a dash, the 
-; dash is replaced with an underscore.  
+; nor contain a dash.  IDL cannot accept a variable starting with a
+; number or containing a dash.  If the name starts with a number, an
+; underscore is prepended to the name, and if it contains a dash, the
+; dash is replaced with an underscore.
 ;
 ; @categories
@@ -149,5 +149,5 @@
 ; @param VARNAME
 ; The name of the variable to be read
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @returns
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@
 ;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @history
 ;
@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@
 if (strpos(varname, '9') EQ 0) then name = strcompress("_"+varname)
 
-; If the name contains a dash replace it with an underscore. 
+; If the name contains a dash replace it with an underscore.
 if (strpos(name, '-') NE -1) then begin
    pieces = str_sep(name, '-')
@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@
 ; full path to netCDF file of interest
 ;
-; @keyword VERBOSE  
+; @keyword VERBOSE
 ; Set this keyword to return an error message in case of an error.
 ;
@@ -224,5 +224,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword REFORM
-; see changelog above. 
+; see changelog above
 ;
 ; @returns
@@ -233,6 +233,6 @@
 ;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @history
 ;
@@ -274,5 +274,5 @@
 
 ; Place the desired variables in local arrays.
-for i=0, ncidinfo.Nvars-1 do begin 
+for i=0, ncidinfo.Nvars-1 do begin
    vardata = NCDF_VARINQ(ncid, i)
    if not subset then begin
@@ -283,5 +283,5 @@
    endelse
    if wanted then begin
-       varname = ncdf_quickread_validatename(vardata.Name) 
+       varname = ncdf_quickread_validatename(vardata.Name)
        if keyword_set(prefix) then varname=prefix+varname
        commands=$
@@ -304,5 +304,5 @@
 endfor
 
-if (keyword_set(verbose)) then begin 
+if (keyword_set(verbose)) then begin
   for i=0, ncidinfo.Ngatts-1 do begin
      name = NCDF_ATTNAME(ncid, /GLOBAL, i)
Index: /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/readoldoparestart.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/readoldoparestart.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ReadWrite/readoldoparestart.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -11,15 +11,16 @@
 ;
 ; @param PARAMS
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @param NUM
-; 
-;
-; @restrictions 
+;
+; @restrictions
 ; bug for etab and etan written on the same record???
 ;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      June 2002
-; @version $Id$
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;-
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -44,10 +45,9 @@
 ;
 ; @param PARAMS
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @param NUM
-; 
-;
-; @history Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
+;
+; @history
+; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      June 2002
 ;-
@@ -66,5 +66,5 @@
 ; based on the OPA subroutine dtrlec included at the end of the file.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; For OPA
 ;
@@ -73,91 +73,72 @@
 ;
 ; @param JPIGLO {in}{required}
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @param JPJGLO {in}{required}
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @param JPK {in}{required}
 ; dimensions of the opa grid
 ;
-; @keyword IBLOC {default=4096L} 
+; @keyword IBLOC {default=4096L}
 ; Ibloc size
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword JPBYT {default=8L}
 ; Jpbyt size
-; 
-; @keyword NUMREC {default=19L*jpk} 
+;
+; @keyword NUMREC {default=19L*jpk}
 ; Number of records in the file
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UB
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @keyword VB
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @keyword TB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword SB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROTB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword HDIVB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword VN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword TN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword SN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROTN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword HDIVN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword GCX
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword GCXB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ETAB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ETAN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword BSFB
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword BSFN
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword BSFD
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword EN
 ; the variable we want to read.
 ;
-; @returns 
+; @returns
 ; According to the given keywords.
-; 
-; @restrictions 
+;
+; @restrictions
 ; Bug for etab and etan written on the same record???
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      June 2002
-; 
+;
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
@@ -458,5 +439,5 @@
 ;          IF(lwp) THEN
 ;              WRITE(numout,*) ' ===>>>> : the previous restart file',
-;     $            ' didnt used  tke scheme'
+;     $            ' did''nt used  tke scheme'
 ;              WRITE(numout,*) ' =======                ======='
 ;          ENDIF
Index: /trunk/SRC/Textoidl/translate_sub_super.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Textoidl/translate_sub_super.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Textoidl/translate_sub_super.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 ; @file_comments
 ; Return the proper IDL font positioning command for TeX
-; sub/superscripts. 
+; sub/superscripts.
 ;
 ; @categories
@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@
 ; function.  So even if sub_sup_idl was declared with
 ; FORWARD_FUNCTION in translate_sub_super, it would not properly
-; compile. 
+; compile.
 ;
 ; The file translate_sub_super.pro contains two functions,
@@ -36,5 +36,5 @@
 ; Used only by translate_sub_super.  Should be kept in same
 ; file.
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
 ;
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@
         print, offset+offset+"             or '!D' or '!I' for subscripts."
         return, -1
-    ENDIF 
-
-    IF keyword_set(force_ud) THEN BEGIN 
-        IF (token EQ '^') THEN return, '!U' 
+    ENDIF
+
+    IF keyword_set(force_ud) THEN BEGIN
+        IF (token EQ '^') THEN return, '!U'
         IF (token EQ '_') THEN return, '!D'
         return, ''
     ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-        IF (token EQ '^') THEN return, '!E' 
+        IF (token EQ '^') THEN return, '!E'
         IF (token EQ '_') THEN return, '!I'
         return, ''
     ENDELSE
-    
+
 END
 
@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@
 ;       old       -- string to be translated from TeX to IDL.   in
 ; KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
-;       /RECURSED -- set if this function is being called 
-;                    recursively.                  
+;       /RECURSED -- set if this function is being called
+;                    recursively.
 ;       /HELP     -- Set to print useful message and exit.
 ; OUTPUTS:
@@ -130,5 +130,5 @@
 ;       out = translate_sub_super( 'N^2_{big}' )
 ;       Then out='N!U2!N!Dbig!N' which looks like it should on the
-;       display. 
+;       display.
 ; LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CALLED:
 ;       str_token      -- Text/string (mcraig)
@@ -195,5 +195,5 @@
         print, offset+offset+"- Sub/superscripts may be nested (e.g. 'N^{N_1^N}')."
         return, -1
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
 
 ;  To allow for nested scripts, use !E/!I instead of !U/!D for scripts
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@
         EndOfScript = 0         ;Position of end of this script.
         IF (Script EQ '{') THEN BEGIN   ; Scripts of more than 1 char.
-            EndOfScript = matchdelim(strn)      
+            EndOfScript = matchdelim(strn)
             Script = translate_sub_super(strmid(strn, 1, EndOfScript-1), $
                                          /recursed )
-        ENDIF 
-;     Grab rest of string _after_ the end of the script.        
+        ENDIF
+;     Grab rest of string _after_ the end of the script.
         strn = strmid(strn, EndOfScript+1, $
                       strlen(strn)-EndOfScript-1)
@@ -265,5 +265,5 @@
             StorePos = ''
             RecallPos = ''
-;     calculate the difference in length between this script and the 
+;     calculate the difference in length between this script and the
 ;     previous stacked one, removing font change commands (crudely by
 ;     guessing that the number of characters this takes is twice the
@@ -276,5 +276,5 @@
         ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
             IF (Token NE OldToken) AND (pos EQ 0) THEN BEGIN
-;             The next script immediately folows this one.  Arrange to
+;             The next script immediately follows this one.  Arrange to
 ;             save the position of the current script so that both begin
 ;             with the same horizontal position.
@@ -283,5 +283,5 @@
                 LenLastScript = strlen(Script) - 2*strcnt(Script,'!')
             ENDIF
-        ENDELSE  
+        ENDELSE
 
 ;  Continue building the IDL string, adding on our just processed script.
@@ -289,13 +289,13 @@
           + FontRestore
 
-        IF ( pos NE -1 ) THEN BEGIN     ; more left to process     
+        IF ( pos NE -1 ) THEN BEGIN     ; more left to process
             NewString = NewString $
-              + str_token(strn, Token)   
+              + str_token(strn, Token)
         ENDIF ELSE BEGIN                ; we are done
             NewString = NewString + strn
             strn = ''
         ENDELSE
-    ENDWHILE 
-    
+    ENDWHILE
+
     return, NewString
 END
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2floatlevel.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2floatlevel.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2floatlevel.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 ;+
 ; @file_comments
-; Rather comparable to depth2level but here, the calculated level is in float. 
-; For example, the level 5.4 correspond to a depth equal 
+; Rather comparable to depth2level but here, the calculated level is in float.
+; For example, the level 5.4 correspond to a depth equal
 ; to gdep[5]+.4*(gdep[6]-gdep[5])
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Without loop
 ;
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
 ;  ->champ nul a 1e-6 pres
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;                      15/06/2000
-; 
+;
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@
    levellow = depth2level(depthin, /lower, /nomask)
    depthlow = level2depth(levellow, /nomask)
-; calculate the distance depthlow-depthup and management of the case 
-; of this distance is null or eqal to !values.f_nan
+; calculate the distance depthlow-depthup and management of the case
+; of this distance is null or equal to !values.f_nan
    divi = depthlow-depthup
    nan = where(finite(divi) EQ 0)
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@
    endif
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps depth2floatlevel', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps depth2floatlevel', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;
    return, res
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2level.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2level.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2level.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Allows to pass from a 2d depth array to a corresponding 2d level array.
 ;
@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@
 ;
 ; @param TAB {type=2d array}
-; 2d depth array (or a structure respecting litchamp critrions)
+; 2d depth array (or a structure respecting litchamp criterions)
 ;
 ; @keyword UPPER
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword LOWER
-; We select the level just below the depth 
+; We select the level just below the depth
 ;
-; @keyword CLOSER 
-; We select the depth's closer level 
+; @keyword CLOSER
+; We select the depth's closer level
 ;
-; @keyword NOMASK 
+; @keyword NOMASK
 ; To do not mask land points
 ;
-; @returns 
+; @returns
 ; It is a 2d array containing level's values.
 ;
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 ; common.pro
 ;
-; @restrictions 
+; @restrictions
 ; For depths out of gdep's values, the value !values.f_nan is sent back.
-; if the depth is superior to this one of the bottom, we send back jpk-1 in 
+; if the depth is superior to this one of the bottom, we send back jpk-1 in
 ; the upper case, and !values.f_nan in the lower case.
 ;
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@
    if notanumber[0] NE -1 then in[notanumber] = 0
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; We transform the 2d deth value in a 2d array of levels corresponding to depthes
+; We transform the 2d depth value in a 2d array of levels corresponding to depths
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; We go on array who have the size of 3d arrays
-   prof=replicate(1,nx*ny)#gdep[firstz:lastz] 
+   prof=replicate(1,nx*ny)#gdep[firstz:lastz]
    in = in[*]#replicate(1, nz)
 ;
@@ -116,5 +116,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps depth2level', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps depth2level', systime(1)-tempsun
    return, levels
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2mask.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2mask.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/depth2mask.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
-; Allows to pass from a 2d depth sill array to a 3d array of mask 
+; @file_comments
+; Allows to pass from a 2d depth sill array to a 3d array of mask
 ; with one of levels above the sill depth and 0s below.
 ;
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
 ;
 ; @param TAB {type=3d array}
-; 2d sill depth array (or a structure respecting litchamp critrions)
+; 2d sill depth array (or a structure respecting litchamp criterions)
 ;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; used to pass your keywords
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
 ; It is a 3d array containing the mas associated to the 2d sill depth array
@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@
 @common
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; We transform the 2d deth value in a 2d array of levels corresponding to depthes
+; We transform the 2d depth value in a 2d array of levels corresponding to depths
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    niveaux = depth2level(tab, _extra = ex)
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@
    mask = level2mask(niveaux)
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps depth2mask', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps depth2mask', systime(1)-tempsun
    return, mask
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/floatlevel2depth.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/floatlevel2depth.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/floatlevel2depth.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Rather comparable to level2depth. It is the invert function of depth2floatlevel
 ;
@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 2d array containing depthes
+; 2d array containing depths
 ;
 ; @uses
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@
 ; We sill (delete land points at valmask for example)
    flevelin = 0 > flevelin < (jpk-1)
-; We caculate the depth 
+; We calculate the depth
    depthup = level2depth(floor(flevelin), /nomask)
    depthlow= level2depth(ceil(flevelin), /nomask)
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@
    endif
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps floatlevel2depth', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps floatlevel2depth', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;
    return, res
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/hdyn.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/hdyn.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/hdyn.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@
 ; array representing the temperature. Has the same size than SN.
 ;
-; @keyword GILL 
+; @keyword GILL
 ; We activate this key if we want to calculate the dynamic height
 ; like in the GILL page 215, which means by rapport to a reference state which
@@ -32,5 +32,5 @@
 ; Give a value to this keyword to change the reference salinity used in the
 ; calculation when GILL is activated.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword TREF
 ; Give a value to this keyword to change the reference temperature used in the
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; approximation: The pressure in decibars is equal to the depth in meters 
+; approximation: The pressure in decibars is equal to the depth in meters
 ; (the pressure increase of 1 bar every 10 m)
 ;
@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@
    if total(tailles[0:tailles[0]] NE taillet[0:taillet[0]]) NE 0 then $
     return,  report('arrays sn and tn must have the same size')
-   if tailles[3] NE jpk then return, report('vertical dimension of sn and tn arrarrays must be equal to jpk')
+   if tailles[3] NE jpk then return, report('vertical dimension of sn and tn arrays must be equal to jpk')
    nx = nxt
    ny = nyt
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/level2depth.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/level2depth.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/level2depth.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@
    grille,mask, -1, -1,gdep,nx,ny,nz,firstx,firsty,firstz,lastx,lasty,lastz
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
-; verification of the coherence between array's size and the domain definied by domdef
+; verification of the coherence between array's size and the domain defined by domdef
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
    taille = size(niveaux)
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/norme.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/norme.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/norme.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; calculate the norm of a field of vectors, then make a possible average.
 ;   Comment 1: The field of vector can be, 2d:xy, 3d: xyz or xyt,
 ; 4d: xyzt
 ;   Comment 2:
-; The calculation of the norm is made before the possible spatial or 
-; temporal average because the average of the norm is not equal to the 
+; The calculation of the norm is made before the possible spatial or
+; temporal average because the average of the norm is not equal to the
 ; norm of averages
 
@@ -24,10 +24,10 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword BOXZOOM
-; boxzoom on which do the average (by default the domain selected 
+; boxzoom on which do the average (by default the domain selected
 ; by the last domdef done)
 ;
 ; @keyword DIREC
 ; 't' 'x' 'y' 'z' 'xys' 'xz' 'yz' 'xyz' 'xt' 'yt' 'zt' 'xyt'
-;       'xzt' 'yzt' 'xyzt' Direction on which do averages 
+;       'xzt' 'yzt' 'xyzt' Direction on which do averages
 ;
 ; @returns
@@ -37,23 +37,23 @@
 ; common.pro
 ;
-; @restrictions 
-; The norm is calculated on points TTo do this calculation, we average 
-; field U and Von points T before calculate the norme. At the edge of 
-; coast and of domain, we can not calculate fields U and V at points T, 
-; that is why these points are at value !values.f_nan. 
-; 
-; When we calculate on a reduce geographic domain, field U and V have not 
-; necessarily the same number of point. In this case, we recut U and V to 
-; keep only common points. We profit of this to redo a domdef which redefine 
+; @restrictions
+; The norm is calculated on points TTo do this calculation, we average
+; field U and Von points T before calculate the norme. At the edge of
+; coast and of domain, we can not calculate fields U and V at points T,
+; that is why these points are at value !values.f_nan.
+;
+; When we calculate on a reduce geographic domain, field U and V have not
+; necessarily the same number of point. In this case, we recut U and V to
+; keep only common points. We profit of this to redo a domdef which redefine
 ; a geographic domain on which fields U and V are extracted on same points
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; To know what type of array we work with, we  test its size and dates 
-; gave by time[0] and time[jpt-1] to know if thee is a temporal dimension. 
-; Before to start norme, make sure that time and jpt are defined how 
-; they have to! 
+; To know what type of array we work with, we  test its size and dates
+; gave by time[0] and time[jpt-1] to know if thee is a temporal dimension.
+; Before to start norme, make sure that time and jpt are defined how
+; they have to!
 ;
 ; @examples
-; To calculate the average of the norme of streams on all the domain 
+; To calculate the average of the norme of streams on all the domain
 ; between 0 et 50:
 ;      IDL> res=norme(un,vn,boxzoom=[0,50],dir='xyz')
@@ -90,5 +90,5 @@
 ;
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(boxzoom) then BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(boxzoom) then BEGIN
     Case 1 Of
       N_Elements(Boxzoom) Eq 1:bte = [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0., boxzoom[0]]
@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@
     ENDCASE
     domdef, boxzoom
-  ENDIF 
+  ENDIF
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    if NOT keyword_set(direc) then direc = 0
@@ -120,6 +120,6 @@
    if grillev EQ '' then grillev = 'V'
    IF grilleu EQ 'V' AND grillev EQ 'U' THEN inverse = 1
-   IF grilleu EQ 'T' AND grillev EQ 'T' THEN BEGIN 
-      interpolle  = 0 
+   IF grilleu EQ 'T' AND grillev EQ 'T' THEN BEGIN
+      interpolle  = 0
       return, report('cas non code mais facile a faire!')
    ENDIF ELSE interpolle = 1
@@ -140,5 +140,5 @@
    indiceyv = (lindgen(jpj))[firstyv:firstyv+nyv-1]
    indicey = inter(indiceyu, indiceyv)
-   nx = n_elements(indicex) 
+   nx = n_elements(indicex)
    ny = n_elements(indicey)
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -149,5 +149,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-      (size(u))[0] EQ 3 AND date1 EQ date2 :BEGIN 
+      (size(u))[0] EQ 3 AND date1 EQ date2 :BEGIN
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          indice2d = lindgen(jpi, jpj)
@@ -160,23 +160,23 @@
          case 1 of
             (size(u))[1] EQ nxu AND (size(u))[2] EQ nyu AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
                case (size(u))[3] OF
-                  nzt:BEGIN 
+                  nzt:BEGIN
                      if nxu NE nx then $
-                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1,*,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,*] 
+                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1,*,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,*]
                      IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                       if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1,*,*] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *,*]
                      IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*,0:ny-1,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,*] 
+                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*,0:ny-1,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,*]
                      IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                       if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*,0:ny-1,*] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny,*]
                   end
-                  jpk:BEGIN 
+                  jpk:BEGIN
                      if nxu NE nx then $
-                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt] 
+                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt]
                      IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                       if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt]
                      IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt] 
+                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt]
                      IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                       if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt]
@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@
             END
             (size(u))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(u))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk :BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk :BEGIN
                u = u[indice3d]
                v = v[indice3d]
@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@
          if NOT keyword_set(key_periodic) OR nx NE jpi then v[*,0,*]=a
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; attribution of the mask and of logitude and latitude arrays
+; attribution of the mask and of longitude and latitude arrays
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          mask = tmask[indice3d]
@@ -234,5 +234,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-      date1 NE date2 AND (size(u))[0] EQ 3 :BEGIN 
+      date1 NE date2 AND (size(u))[0] EQ 3 :BEGIN
          indice2d = lindgen(jpi, jpj)
          indice2d = indice2d[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1]
@@ -242,16 +242,16 @@
          case 1 of
             (size(u))[1] EQ nxu AND (size(u))[2] EQ nyu AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
                if nxu NE nx then $
-                if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *] 
+                if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *, *]
                IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                 if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *, *] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *, *]
                IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny, *] 
+                if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny, *]
                IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                 if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1, *] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny, *]
             END
             (size(u))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(u))[2] EQ jpj AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
                u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
                v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1, *]
@@ -270,6 +270,6 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ; attribution of the mask and of longitude and latitude arrays.
-; We recover the complete grid to establish a big mask extent in the four 
-; direction to cover pointsfor which a land point has been 
+; We recover the complete grid to establish a big mask extent in the four
+; direction to cover pointsfor which a land point has been
 ; considerated (make a small drawing)
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -288,5 +288,5 @@
          res[*,0, *]=!values.f_nan
          mask = where(mask eq 0)
-         IF mask[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN 
+         IF mask[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
             coeftps = lindgen(jpt)*nx*ny
             coeftps = replicate(1, n_elements(mask))#coeftps
@@ -304,5 +304,5 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-      date1 NE date2 AND (size(u))[0] EQ 4:BEGIN 
+      date1 NE date2 AND (size(u))[0] EQ 4:BEGIN
          indice2d = lindgen(jpi, jpj)
          indice2d = indice2d[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1]
@@ -314,23 +314,23 @@
          case 1 of
             (size(u))[1] EQ nxu AND (size(u))[2] EQ nyu AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
                case (size(u))[3] OF
-                  nzt:BEGIN 
+                  nzt:BEGIN
                      if nxu NE nx then $
-                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1,*,*,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,*,*] 
+                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1,*,*,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,*,*]
                      IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                       if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1,*,*,*] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *,*,*]
                      IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*,0:ny-1,*,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,*,*] 
+                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*,0:ny-1,*,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,*,*]
                      IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                       if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*,0:ny-1,*,*] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny,*,*]
                   end
-                  jpk:BEGIN 
+                  jpk:BEGIN
                      if nxu NE nx then $
-                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt,*] 
+                      if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt,*]
                      IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                       if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *,firstzt:lastzt,*]
                      IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt,*] 
+                      if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt,*]
                      IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                       if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1,firstzt:lastzt,*] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny,firstzt:lastzt,*]
@@ -340,5 +340,5 @@
             END
             (size(u))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(u))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk :BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj AND (size(u))[3] EQ jpk :BEGIN
                u = u[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1,firstzt:lastzt, *]
                v = v[indicex[0]:indicex[0]+nx-1,indicey[0]:indicey[0]+ny-1,firstzt:lastzt, *]
@@ -356,5 +356,5 @@
          if NOT keyword_set(key_periodic) OR nx NE jpi then v[*,0,*,*]=a
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; attribution of the mask and of logitude and latitude arrays
+; attribution of the mask and of longitude and latitude arrays
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          mask = tmask[indice3d]
@@ -370,5 +370,5 @@
          res[*,0, *, *]=!values.f_nan
          mask = where(mask eq 0)
-         IF mask[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN 
+         IF mask[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
             coeftps = lindgen(jpt)*nx*ny*nzt
             coeftps = replicate(1, n_elements(mask))#coeftps
@@ -394,16 +394,16 @@
          case 1 of
             (size(u))[1] EQ nxu AND (size(u))[2] EQ nyu AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ nxv AND (size(v))[2] EQ nyv:BEGIN
                if nxu NE nx then $
-                if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *] 
+                if indicex[0] EQ firstxu then u = u[0:nx-1, *] ELSE u = u[1: nx, *]
                IF nxv NE nx THEN $
                 if indicex[0] EQ firstxv then v = v[0:nx-1, *] ELSE v = v[1: nx, *]
                IF nyu NE ny THEN $
-                if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny] 
+                if indicey[0] EQ firstyu then u = u[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE u = u[*, 1: ny]
                IF nyv NE ny THEN $
                 if indicey[0] EQ firstyv then v = v[*, 0:ny-1] ELSE v = v[*, 1: ny]
             END
             (size(u))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(u))[2] EQ jpj AND $
-             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN 
+             (size(v))[1] EQ jpi AND (size(v))[2] EQ jpj:BEGIN
                u = u[indice2d]
                v = v[indice2d]
@@ -429,6 +429,6 @@
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ; attribution of the mask and of longitude and latitude arrays.
-; We recover the complete grid to establish a big mask extent in the four 
-; direction to cover pointsfor which a land point has been 
+; We recover the complete grid to establish a big mask extent in the four
+; direction to cover pointsfor which a land point has been
 ; considerated (make a small drawing)
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -455,5 +455,5 @@
    endcase
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps norme', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps norme', systime(1)-tempsun
    return, res
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/projectondepth.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/projectondepth.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/projectondepth.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
 ; @param ARRAYIN {type=3d array}
 ; It is a 3d array whose 3rd dimension must be equal to jpk
-; 
+;
 ; @param DEPTHIN {type=2d array}
 ; It is a 2d array indicating for each point n, at which depth to project
-;       
+;
 ; @returns
 ; A 2d array which is the projection of the 3d array following depths indicated by depthin
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@
 ; common.pro
 ;
-; @restrictions 
+; @restrictions
 ; points at !values.f_nan impossible calculation. Land points masked at valmask.
 ;
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@
 ;   IDL> a=gdept[jpk-1]/(1.*jpi*jpj)*findgen(jpi,jpj)
 ; We build an array to project on these depths. For the test,
-; we build a 3d array whose each vector following z is the depth. 
+; we build a 3d array whose each vector following z is the depth.
 ;   IDL> arraytest=replicate(1,jpi*jpj)#gdept
 ;   IDL> arraytest=reform(arraytest,jpi,jpj,jpk, /over)
@@ -35,6 +35,6 @@
 ;   IDL> plt, 1e6*(a-projectondepth(arraytest,a)),/nocontour
 ;   ->null field at 1e-6 pres
-; 
-;  verifcation projecting the temperature of 20°C for example...
+;
+;  verification projecting the temperature of 20°C for example...
 ;
 ; @history
@@ -63,5 +63,5 @@
    if tailledepth[0] NE 2 THEN return, report('Depth array must have 2 dimensions')
    if taillearray[0] NE 3 THEN return, report('Array in must have 3 dimensions')
-; verification of the coherence between array's size and the domain 
+; verification of the coherence between array's size and the domain
    grille, mask, -1, -1, -1,nx,ny,nz,firstx,firsty,firstz,lastx,lasty,lastz
    case 1 of
@@ -103,5 +103,5 @@
    if terre[0] NE -1 then res[terre] = valmask
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps projectondepth', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps projectondepth', systime(1)-tempsun
    return, res
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/remplit.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/remplit.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/CALCULS/remplit.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword FILLXDIR
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword FILLYDIR
@@ -51,16 +51,15 @@
 ; $Id$
 ;
-  ;;
-  ;; Extrapole zinout[jpi,jpj] sur les continents en utilisant les 4
-  ;; plus proches voisins masques oceaniquement et construit un nouveau
-;   masque
-  ;; contenant l'ancien masque oceanique PLUSles points extrapoles.
-  ;; Reitere le processus niter fois.
-  ;; C'est pas clair, essayez !
-  ;;
-  ;;
+;;
+;; Extrapole zinout[jpi,jpj] sur les continents en utilisant les 4
+;; plus proches voisins masques oceaniquement et construit un nouveau masque
+;; contenant l'ancien masque oceanique PLUS les points extrapoles.
+;; Reitere le processus niter fois.
+;; C'est pas clair, essayez !
+;;
+;;
 ;
 ;    /Nan: to fill the point which have the value
-;    !values.f_nan. Whitout this keyword, these point are not filling
+;    !values.f_nan. Without this keyword, these point are not filling
 ;    and stays at !values.f_nan.
 ;
@@ -139,8 +138,8 @@
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
-; iteration 
-;---------------------------------------------------------------
-;---------------------------------------------------------------
-  FOR n = 1, niter DO BEGIN 
+; iteration
+;---------------------------------------------------------------
+;---------------------------------------------------------------
+  FOR n = 1, niter DO BEGIN
 ; on trouve les points coast
     tempdeux = systime(1)       ; pour key_performance =2
@@ -244,5 +243,5 @@
       END
     endcase
-;    
+;
     z[coast] =  temporary(zcoast)/ temporary(weight)
 ; we update the the boundary conditions of z
@@ -258,5 +257,5 @@
     IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
       print, 'temps remplit: une iteration ', systime(1)-tempdeux
-  ENDFOR 
+  ENDFOR
 fini:
 ;
@@ -280,6 +279,6 @@
   key_gridtype = oldkey_gridtype
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps remplit', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps remplit', systime(1)-tempsun
   return, z
-END 
+END
 
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/decoupeterre.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/decoupeterre.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/decoupeterre.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@
 ; Used to pass your keywords
 ;
-; @keyword TRI 
+; @keyword TRI
 ; This keyword serve to obtain, thanks to grille, the triangulation which
 ; refer to the grid but only on the part of the zoom. This of triangulation
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword WDEPTH
-; To specify that the field is at W depth instead of T 
+; To specify that the field is at W depth instead of T
 ; depth (automatically activated if vargrid eq 'W')
 ;
@@ -184,5 +184,5 @@
         if vargrid EQ 'V' OR vargrid EQ 'F' then $
           glam = glamv[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN          ; to drawsectionbottom 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN          ; to drawsectionbottom
         if vargrid EQ 'V' OR vargrid EQ 'F' OR finite(glamu[0]) EQ 0 then $
           glam = glamf[0 > (firstx-1):lastx, firsty:lasty] $
@@ -194,5 +194,5 @@
         if vargrid EQ 'U' OR vargrid EQ 'F' then $
           gphi = gphiu[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN          ; to drawsectionbottom  
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN          ; to drawsectionbottom
         if vargrid EQ 'U' OR vargrid EQ 'F' OR finite(gphiv[0]) EQ 0 then $
           gphi = gphif[firstx:lastx, 0 > (firsty-1):lasty] $
@@ -211,5 +211,5 @@
     firstz = firstzt
     lastz = lastzt
-  ENDELSE 
+  ENDELSE
   nz = lastz-firstz+1
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -221,5 +221,5 @@
       profond = firstz NE 0
     END
-; for the verical section, we have to choose the right mask according
+; for the vertical section, we have to choose the right mask according
 ; to the grid point and to the direction of the section
     'xz':BEGIN
@@ -267,5 +267,5 @@
       END
       keyword_set(key_partialstep) and type EQ 'yz' $
-        AND nx EQ 1 AND keyword_set(realsection):BEGIN 
+        AND nx EQ 1 AND keyword_set(realsection):BEGIN
         bottom = total(mask, 3)
         good = where(bottom NE 0 AND bottom NE nz+1)
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
       tri = triangule(mask, coinmonte = coinmonte, coindescend = coindescend, _extra = ex)
       indicezoom = (lindgen(jpi, jpj))[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty]
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ; Otherwise, we recuperate the part of triangulation that interest us and we number them well!!
-      if nx EQ jpi AND ny EQ jpj then tri = triangles_list ELSE BEGIN 
+      if nx EQ jpi AND ny EQ jpj then tri = triangles_list ELSE BEGIN
         msk = bytarr(jpi, jpj)
         msk[firstx:lastx, firsty:lasty] = 1
@@ -306,5 +306,5 @@
   ENDELSE
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps decoupeterre', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps decoupeterre', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   return
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/domdef.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/domdef.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/domdef.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
-; Allows to extract a sub-domain of study by providing parameters 
+; @file_comments
+; Allows to extract a sub-domain of study by providing parameters
 ; needed for drawings (see outputs)
 ;
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@
 ; @param Z1 {in}{optional}
 ; For a 3d domain whose the horizontal part cover all glam
-; 
+;
 ; @param Z2 {in}{optional}
 ; For a 3d domain whose the horizontal part cover all gphi
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword FINDALWAYS
-; Force to redefine a box even when none point is find in the box. 
+; Force to redefine a box even when none point is find in the box.
 ; In this case, we select all the grid.
 ;
 ; @keyword GRIDTYPE {type=string or vector}
-; It is a string or a vector of strings containing the grids's name 
-; (Only determined by 'T','U','V','W','F') for which the calculation 
-; must be done. 
+; It is a string or a vector of strings containing the grids's name
+; (Only determined by 'T','U','V','W','F') for which the calculation
+; must be done.
 ;  For example: 'T' or ['T','U']
 ;
@@ -55,27 +55,26 @@
 ; grids.
 ;
-; @keyword INDEX 
-; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef 
-; refer to indexes of glam, gphi and gdep arrays rather than to values 
+; @keyword INDEX
+; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef
+; refer to indexes of glam, gphi and gdep arrays rather than to values
 ; of these arrays.
 ;
-; @keyword XINDEX 
-; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef 
-; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of glam arrays rather 
+; @keyword XINDEX
+; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef
+; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of glam arrays rather
 ; than to values of these arrays.
 ;
-; @keyword YINDEX 
-; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef 
-; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of gphi arrays rather 
+; @keyword YINDEX
+; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef
+; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of gphi arrays rather
 ; than to values of these arrays.
-; 
-; @keyword ZINDEX 
-; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef 
-; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of gdep arrays rather 
+;
+; @keyword ZINDEX
+; We activate it if we want that all elements passed in input of domdef
+; and concerning the X dimension refer to indexes of gdep arrays rather
 ; than to values of these arrays.
 ;
 ; @uses
 ; common.pro
-;
 ;
 ; @history
@@ -123,9 +122,9 @@
 ;
   IF keyword_set(endpoints) THEN BEGIN
-    IF NOT keyword_set(type) THEN BEGIN 
+    IF NOT keyword_set(type) THEN BEGIN
       dummy = report(['If domdef is used do find the box associated' $
                       , 'to endpoints, you must also specify type keyword'])
       return
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
     CASE N_PARAMS() OF
       0:
@@ -137,5 +136,5 @@
     section, BOXZOOM = boxzoom, ENDPOINTS = endpoints, TYPE = type, /ONLYBOX
     return
-  ENDIF   
+  ENDIF
 
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -153,5 +152,5 @@
       END
     ENDCASE
-    RETURN  
+    RETURN
   ENDIF
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -170,21 +169,21 @@
   vert1t = 99999. & vert2t = -99999. & vert1w = 99999. & vert2w = -99999.
 ;
-  IF jpj EQ 1 THEN BEGIN 
+  IF jpj EQ 1 THEN BEGIN
     IF (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] NE -1 OR (where(gridtype EQ 'W'))[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
       glamt = reform(glamt, jpi, jpj, /over)
       gphit = reform(gphit, jpi, jpj, /over)
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
     IF (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
       glamu = reform(glamu, jpi, jpj, /over)
       gphiu = reform(gphiu, jpi, jpj, /over)
-    ENDIF  
+    ENDIF
     IF (where(gridtype eq 'V'))[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
       glamv = reform(glamv, jpi, jpj, /over)
       gphiv = reform(gphiv, jpi, jpj, /over)
-    ENDIF  
+    ENDIF
     IF (where(gridtype eq 'F'))[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
       glamf = reform(glamf, jpi, jpj, /over)
       gphif = reform(gphif, jpi, jpj, /over)
-    ENDIF  
+    ENDIF
   ENDIF
 ;
@@ -229,5 +228,5 @@
          AND NOT keyword_set(xindex) AND NOT keyword_set(yindex) AND NOT keyword_set(index) ) THEN BEGIN
     IF N_PARAMS() EQ 0 THEN BEGIN
-; find lon1 and lon2 the longitudinal boudaries of the full domain
+; find lon1 and lon2 the longitudinal boundaries of the full domain
       IF (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] NE -1 THEN lon1t = min(glamt, max = lon2t)
       IF (where(gridtype eq 'W'))[0] NE -1 AND (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] EQ -1 THEN lon1t = min(glamt, max = lon2t)
@@ -237,5 +236,5 @@
       lon1 = min([lon1t, lon1u, lon1v, lon1f])
       lon2 = max([lon2t, lon2u, lon2v, lon2f])
-; find lat1 and lat2 the latitudinal boudaries of the full domain
+; find lat1 and lat2 the latitudinal boundaries of the full domain
       IF (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] NE -1 THEN lat1t = min(gphit, max = lat2t)
       IF (where(gridtype eq 'W'))[0] NE -1 AND (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] EQ -1 THEN lat1t = min(gphit, max = lat2t)
@@ -245,5 +244,5 @@
       lat1 = min([lat1t, lat1u, lat1v, lat1f])
       lat2 = max([lat2t, lat2u, lat2v, lat2f])
-    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       lon1 = min([x1, x2], max = lon2)
       lat1 = min([y1, y2], max = lat2)
@@ -288,5 +287,5 @@
         IF (dom[0] EQ -1) THEN BEGIN
           IF keyword_set(findalways) THEN BEGIN
-; if t grid parameters alreday defined, we use them... 
+; if t grid parameters alreday defined, we use them...
             CASE 1 OF
               (where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] NE -1 OR (where(gridtype EQ 'W'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
@@ -337,10 +336,10 @@
                 firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt
                 firstyv = firstyt & lastyv = lastyt & nyv = nyt
-              END 
+              END
               (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                 print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                 firstxv = firstxu & lastxv = lastxu & nxv = nxu
                 firstyv = firstyu & lastyv = lastyu & nyv = nyu
-              END 
+              END
               ELSE:BEGIN
                 print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -385,15 +384,15 @@
                 firstxf = firstxt & lastxf = lastxt & nxf = nxt
                 firstyf = firstyt & lastyf = lastyt & nyf = nyt
-              END 
+              END
               (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                 print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                 firstxf = firstxu & lastxf = lastxu & nxf = nxu
                 firstyf = firstyu & lastyf = lastyu & nyf = nyu
-              END 
+              END
               (where(gridtype eq 'V'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                 print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as V points...'
                 firstxf = firstxv & lastxf = lastxv & nxf = nxv
                 firstyf = firstyv & lastyf = lastyv & nyf = nyv
-              END 
+              END
               ELSE:BEGIN
                 print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -406,5 +405,5 @@
                 RETURN
               END
-            ENDCASE  
+            ENDCASE
           ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
             ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any F points...')
@@ -469,5 +468,5 @@
           firstyv = fsty & lastyv = lsty
           nxv = nx & nyv = ny
-        ENDIF         
+        ENDIF
 ; find lon1f, lon2f, lat1f, lat2f, firstxf, firstxf, nxf and nyf
 ; according to x1, x2, y1, y2
@@ -537,5 +536,5 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty U points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstyu = firstyt & lastyu = lastyt & nyu = nyt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty U points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -548,5 +547,5 @@
                     RETURN
                   END
-                ENDCASE 
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any U points...')
@@ -575,9 +574,9 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstyv = firstyt & lastyv = lastyt & nyv = nyt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                     firstyv = firstyu & lastyv = lastyu & nyv = nyu
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -589,6 +588,6 @@
                     ENDCASE
                     RETURN
-                  END 
-                ENDCASE 
+                  END
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any V points...')
@@ -617,13 +616,13 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstyf = firstyt & lastyf = lastyt & nyf = nyt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                     firstyf = firstyu & lastyf = lastyu & nyf = nyu
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'V'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as V points...'
                     firstyf = firstyv & lastyf = lastyv & nyf = nyv
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -636,5 +635,5 @@
                     RETURN
                   END
-                ENDCASE 
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any F points...')
@@ -705,5 +704,5 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty U points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstxu = firstxt & lastxu = lastxt & nxu = nxt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty U points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -716,5 +715,5 @@
                     RETURN
                   END
-                ENDCASE 
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any U points...')
@@ -743,9 +742,9 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstxv = firstxt & lastxv = lastxt & nxv = nxt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                     firstxv = firstxu & lastxv = lastxu & nxv = nxu
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty V points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -757,6 +756,6 @@
                     ENDCASE
                     RETURN
-                  END 
-                ENDCASE 
+                  END
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any V points...')
@@ -785,13 +784,13 @@
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as T points...'
                     firstxf = firstxt & lastxf = lastxt & nxf = nxt
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'U'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as U points...'
                     firstxf = firstxu & lastxf = lastxu & nxf = nxu
-                  END 
+                  END
                   (where(gridtype eq 'V'))[0] NE -1:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we use the same index as V points...'
                     firstxf = firstxv & lastxf = lastxv & nxf = nxv
-                  END 
+                  END
                   ELSE:BEGIN
                     print, 'WARNING, empty F points box... we get the neighnors to define a new box...'
@@ -803,6 +802,6 @@
                     ENDCASE
                     RETURN
-                  END 
-                ENDCASE 
+                  END
+                ENDCASE
               ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
                 ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any F points...')
@@ -821,11 +820,11 @@
       END
     ENDCASE
-  ENDELSE 
-;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-; The extracted domain is it regular or not? 
+  ENDELSE
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+; The extracted domain is it regular or not?
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
   CASE 1 OF
     ((where(gridtype eq 'T'))[0] NE -1 OR (where(gridtype eq 'W'))[0] NE -1) AND nxt NE 0 AND nyt NE 0:BEGIN
-; to get faster, we first test the most basic cases befor testing the
+; to get faster, we first test the most basic cases before testing the
 ; full array.
       CASE 0 OF
@@ -908,9 +907,9 @@
         firstzt = domz[0]
         lastzt = domz[nzt-1]
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
         ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any T level...')
         firstzt = -1
         lastzt = -1
-      ENDELSE 
+      ENDELSE
     ENDIF
 ; define firstzw, firstzw, nzw
@@ -920,20 +919,20 @@
         lastzw = lastzt
         nzw = nzt
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
         domz = where(gdepw ge vert1 and gdepw le vert2, nzw)
         IF nzw NE 0 THEN BEGIN
           firstzw = domz[0]
           lastzw = domz[nzw-1]
-        ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+        ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
           ras = report('WARNING, The box does not contain any W level...')
           firstzw = -1
           lastzw = -1
-        ENDELSE 
-      ENDELSE 
+        ENDELSE
+      ENDELSE
     ENDIF
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
 ; vertical domain defined with the Z index
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     CASE N_PARAMS() OF
       2:fstz = min([x1, x2], max = lstz)
@@ -951,5 +950,5 @@
       vert1t = min(gdept[fstz:lstz], max = vert2t)
       firstzt = fstz & lastzt = lstz & nzt = nz
-    ENDIF      
+    ENDIF
 ; find vert1w, vert2w, firstzw, firstzw, nzw
 ; according to (x1, x2) or (z1, z2)
@@ -957,5 +956,5 @@
       vert1w = min(gdepw[fstz:lstz], max = vert2w)
       firstzw = fstz & lastzw = lstz & nzw = nz
-    ENDIF      
+    ENDIF
     vert1 = min([vert1t, vert1w])
     vert2 = max([vert2t, vert2w])
@@ -965,7 +964,7 @@
   IF NOT keyword_set(key_forgetold) THEN BEGIN
 @updateold
-  ENDIF 
-;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps domdef', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  ENDIF
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps domdef', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/fmask.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/fmask.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/GRILLE/fmask.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@
 ; @examples
 ; Used like if fmask was a known array by substituing fmask by (fmask())
-; For example: Instaed of write fmask[domainef] we have to write (fmask())[domainef]
+; For example: Instead of write fmask[domainef] we have to write (fmask())[domainef]
 ;
 ; @history
@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@
 ;---------------------------------------------------------
   tempsun = systime(1)          ; For key_performance
-; 
+;
   CASE size(tmask, /n_dimensions) OF
     2:res = tmask*shift(tmask, -1, 0)*shift(tmask, 0, -1)*shift(tmask, -1, -1)
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@
   res[*, jpj-1, *] = fmaskredx
 ;
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps fmask', systime(1)-tempsun 
-  
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps fmask', systime(1)-tempsun
+
   return, res
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/computehopegrid.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/computehopegrid.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/computehopegrid.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Grid
-; 
+;
 ; @param XAXIS
 ;
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@
    if NOT keyword_set(lasts) then lasts = [jpi-1, jpj-1, jpk-1]
 ;
-; depermination of the grid type and of the point type
+; determination of the grid type and of the point type
 ;
    if keyword_set(pttype) then vargrid = pttype
@@ -129,5 +129,5 @@
          gphiv = gphit+(gphit[0, 1]-gphit[0, 0])/2.
          gphif = gphit+(gphit[0, 1]-gphit[0, 0])/2.
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
          gphiv = gphit
          gphif = gphit
@@ -181,5 +181,5 @@
    e2f = e2t
 ;
-; mask 
+; mask
 ;
    tmask = replicate(1b, jpi, jpj, jpk)
@@ -239,5 +239,5 @@
   IF NOT keyword_set(key_forgetold) THEN BEGIN
    @updateold
-  ENDIF 
+  ENDIF
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    return
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/domainpart.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/domainpart.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/domainpart.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -62,5 +62,5 @@
    endif
 ;
-; we get the size of the dimenstion id of this section
+; we get the size of the dimension id of this section
 ;
    dimvar = *top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'dimvar')]
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/findlineandpointtype.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/findlineandpointtype.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/findlineandpointtype.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@
    jpj = n_elements(yaxis)
 ;
-; depermination of the grid type and of the point type
+; determination of the grid type and of the point type
 ;
 ; low resolution grid: jpi=128, jpj=121 ( x 2), jpk=20
-; 
+;
 ;                0.       1.4         2.8       4.2        5.6
 ;    odd                    T          u          T          u  93.3
@@ -80,6 +80,6 @@
 ;
 ; high resolution grid: jpi=256, jpj=195 ( x 2), jpk=29
-; 
-;                0.       0.7         1.4        2.1        2.8       
+;
+;                0.       0.7         1.4        2.1        2.8
 ;    odd                    T          u          T          u  91.6
 ;    even        T          u          T          u             91.0
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/read_hope.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/read_hope.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/read_hope.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@
 ;
 ; @param EVENT
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @returns
@@ -16,6 +16,5 @@
 ;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
 ;
@@ -244,13 +243,13 @@
 ; A two elements vector [date1, date2]]
 ; the boundary of the calendar with date1 and date2
-; folowing the syntax yyyymmdd
+; following the syntax yyyymmdd
 ;
 ; @keyword ODDPT
 ; Activate to read only the sections located on ODD
-; points 
+; points
 ;
 ; @keyword EVENPT
 ; Activate to read only the sections located on even
-; points 
+; points
 ;
 ; @keyword ODDEVENPT
@@ -332,14 +331,14 @@
   compile_opt idl2, strictarrsubs
 ;
-@common                         ; usefull only for the definition of iodir 
+@common                         ; usefull only for the definition of iodir
   if n_elements(filename) EQ 0 then filename = isafile(iodirectory = iodir, _extra = ex)
   IF size(filename, /type) NE 7 THEN return, -1
   filename = isafile(filename = filename, iodirectory = iodir, _extra = ex)
 ;
-  cdfid = ncdf_open(filename)       ; id of the netcdf file 
+  cdfid = ncdf_open(filename)       ; id of the netcdf file
   wathinside = ncdf_inquire(cdfid)  ; structure with global informations
-;------------------------------- 
+;-------------------------------
 ;  dimensions
-;------------------------------- 
+;-------------------------------
   namedim = strarr(wathinside.ndims)  ; name of the dimensions
   typedim = strarr(wathinside.ndims)  ; type of the dimensions (x,y,z,t)
@@ -349,5 +348,5 @@
     ncdf_diminq, cdfid, dimiq, name, value
     namedim[dimiq] = name
-    case 1 of 
+    case 1 of
       STRCMP(name, 'lon', 3, /FOLD_CASE):typedim[dimiq] = 'x'
       STRCMP(name, 'lat', 3, /FOLD_CASE):typedim[dimiq] = 'y'
@@ -363,5 +362,5 @@
 ; dimlist: structure which contains the name and the value of each
 ; dimension
-; we suppose that there is always a variable which has the 
+; we suppose that there is always a variable which has the
 ; same name that the dimension and which gives the values of
 ; this dimension
@@ -372,7 +371,7 @@
     dimlist = create_struct(dimlist, namedim[dimiq], value)
   endfor
-;------------------------------- 
+;-------------------------------
 ;  variables
-;------------------------------- 
+;-------------------------------
   namevar = strarr(wathinside.nvars)   ; names of the variables
   ndimsvar = lonarr(wathinside.nvars)  ; number of dim for each variable
@@ -388,5 +387,5 @@
 ; we cut dimvar to select only the interessant part
   dimvar = dimvar[0:max(ndimsvar)-1, *]
-; selection of the data variables which are diffrent from the
+; selection of the data variables which are different from the
 ; dimension variables
 ; we suppose that that data variables are 4D array (with sometime
@@ -412,18 +411,18 @@
   endfor
 ;
-;---------------------------------------------------  
-;---------------------------------------------------  
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
+;---------------------------------------------------
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ;  definition of the widget
-;---------------------------------------------------  
-;---------------------------------------------------  
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
+;---------------------------------------------------
+;---------------------------------------------------
   base = widget_base(/column)
-;---------------------------------------------------  
-; first base: 
+;---------------------------------------------------
+; first base:
 ;    droplist to select the type of section
 ;    droplist to select the variable
 ;    button to select type of line : odd, even or odd-even
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
   base1 = widget_base(base, /row, /frame)
   typechoice = sectype[uniq(sectype, sort(sectype))]
@@ -435,5 +434,5 @@
                     = 0L > (where(typechoice EQ selectedtype))[0]
   ENDIF ELSE selectedtype = typechoice[0]
-; 
+;
   varchoice = namevar[uniq(namevar, sort(namevar))]
   base12 = widget_droplist(base1, title = 'Available data', value = varchoice, uvalue = {name:'var choice'}, uname = 'var choice')
@@ -445,17 +444,17 @@
 ;
   base13 = widget_base(base1, /row, uname = 'linechoicebase')
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; base 2: base to select the domain of the odd points
 ;---------------------------------------------------
   base2 = widget_base(base, /column, uname = 'basedomainodd', /frame)
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; base 3: base to select the domain of the even points
 ;---------------------------------------------------
   base3 = widget_base(base, /column, uname = 'basedomaineven', /frame)
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; base 4: base to select the domain of the odd-even points
 ;---------------------------------------------------
   base4 = widget_base(base, /column, uname = 'basedomainodd-even', /frame)
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; base 5: calendar
 ;---------------------------------------------------
@@ -468,9 +467,9 @@
   base51 = cw_calendar(base5, time, uname = 'date1', uvalue = {name:'date1'})
   base52 = cw_calendar(base5, time, uname = 'date2', uvalue = {name:'date2'})
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ;  base 6: base to select the min, max, ... and others keywords
 ;---------------------------------------------------
   base6 = cw_specifie(base, /column, uname = 'specifie', uvalue = {name:'specifie'})
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ;  base 7: last base with the action buttons
 ;---------------------------------------------------
@@ -478,7 +477,7 @@
   base71 = widget_button(base7, value = 'Plot', uvalue = {name:'plot'})
   base72 = widget_button(base7, value = 'Cancel', uvalue = {name:'cancel'})
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; determination of the selected variable ......
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
   goodname = 0 > where(strlowcase(namevar) EQ strlowcase(selectedname))
   goodtype = 0 > where(sectype EQ selectedtype)
@@ -568,8 +567,8 @@
     endif
   ENDIF
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+;---------------------------------------------------
 ; definition of the uvalue of the base which allows to share the
-; variables between programs. 
-;---------------------------------------------------  
+; variables between programs.
+;---------------------------------------------------
   top_uvalue = ptrarr(2, 18, /allocate_heap)
   *top_uvalue[0, 0] = 'type choice' & *top_uvalue[1, 0] = temporary(typechoice)
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/rh_alldomains.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/rh_alldomains.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/HOPE/rh_alldomains.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -43,5 +43,5 @@
    selectedline=(*top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'linetype')])[selected]
 ;
-; we get the size of the dimenstion id of this section
+; we get the size of the dimension id of this section
 ;
    dimvar = *top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'dimvar')]
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@
          oddsecchoice = oddsecchoice[sortedzdim]
          nothing=widget_droplist(basedomainodd,title = 'number of levels', value = strtrim(sizedims, 2), uvalue = {name:'oddsecchoice'}, uname='oddsecchoice')
-      ENDIF 
+      ENDIF
       domainpart, top_uvalue, basedomainodd, oddsecchoice[0]
       widget_control, basedomainodd, set_uvalue = oddsecchoice
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       nothing=widget_label(basedomainodd, value = ' ', uname = 'title')
       domainpart, top_uvalue, basedomainodd, /destroy
@@ -115,5 +115,5 @@
          evensecchoice = evensecchoice[sortedzdim]
          nothing=widget_droplist(basedomaineven,title = 'number of levels', value = strtrim(sizedims, 2), uvalue = {name:'evensecchoice'}, uname='evensecchoice')
-      ENDIF 
+      ENDIF
       domainpart, top_uvalue, basedomaineven, evensecchoice[0]
       widget_control, basedomaineven, set_uvalue = evensecchoice
@@ -145,5 +145,5 @@
          oddevensecchoice = oddevensecchoice[sortedzdim]
          nothing=widget_droplist(basedomainoddeven,title = 'number of levels', value = strtrim(sizedims, 2), uvalue = {name:'odd-evensecchoice'}, uname='odd-evensecchoice')
-      ENDIF 
+      ENDIF
       domainpart, top_uvalue, basedomainoddeven, oddevensecchoice[0]
       widget_control, basedomainoddeven, set_uvalue = oddevensecchoice
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/INIT/initncdf.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/INIT/initncdf.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/INIT/initncdf.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; the file must contain an x and an y axis. (1 ou 2 dimentional array)
+; the file must contain an x and an y axis. (1 ou 2 dimensional array)
 ;
 ; @examples
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/GRIB/read_gribtable.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/GRIB/read_gribtable.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/GRIB/read_gribtable.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@
 free_lun,lun
 
-; fill up missing varible names
+; fill up missing variable names
 index=WHERE(parmtabl[0,*] EQ '',count)
 IF count GT 0 THEN parmtabl[0,index]='var'+strcompress(index,/rem)
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ftp.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ftp.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ftp.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
 ;+
-; @file_comments 
-; 
-; 
+; @file_comments
+;
 ; @categories
-; 
-; 
-; @param U 
+;
+; @param U
 ;
 ;
@@ -12,6 +10,5 @@
 ;
 ;
-; @param RES 
-; 
+; @param RES
 ;
 ; @keyword OUT
@@ -19,16 +16,15 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword COUNT
-; Upon return, the number of elements in the result set. 
+; Upon return, the number of elements in the result set.
 ; This is only important when the result set is the empty
 ; set, in which case COUNT is set to zero.
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
 ;
 ;
 ; @history
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @version
@@ -60,10 +56,8 @@
 end
 ;+
-; @file_comments 
-; 
-; 
+; @file_comments
+;
 ; @categories
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @param TEXT
 ; ASCII text string containing the message.
@@ -73,13 +67,11 @@
 ;
 ; @param PORT
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @examples
 ;
-;
 ; @history
-; 
 ;
 ; @version
@@ -173,5 +165,5 @@
 ;                  10 File(s)      3,618,694 bytes
 ;
-;  These compressed files can cosequently be opened with OPENR and the
+;  These compressed files can consequently be opened with OPENR and the
 ;   /COMPRESSED keyword.
 ;
@@ -181,8 +173,8 @@
 ; $Id$
 ;
-; @todo 
+; @todo
 ; seb: que fait-on de "syntax" au debut du header?
 ; give examples with date in year 0 (should not exists but may happen)
-; 
+;
 ;-
 pro read_ftp, site, files, dir, port, data=data, file=file, user=user, $
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ncdf.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ncdf.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/LECTURE/read_ncdf.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
 ; @file_comments
 ; Reading function for the file net_cdf.
-; This program is less universal than ncdf_lec (it appeal to declared 
+; This program is less universal than ncdf_lec (it appeal to declared
 ; variables in common.pro) but it is very easier to be used. It considerate
 ; the declaration of the different zooms which have been defined
 ; (ixminmesh...premierx...), the declaration of the variable key_shift...
 ; To put it in a nutshell, the result of read_ncdf can be directly used in plt...
-; This is also this program which is used by default in our reading widgets.  
+; This is also this program which is used by default in our reading widgets.
 ;
 ; @categories
 ; Reading
-; 
+;
 ; @param NAME {in}{required}{type=string}
 ; It define the field to be read.
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 ; Relative with the time axis.
 ; These can be
-;  - 2 date of the  type yyyymmdd and in this case, we select dates 
+;  - 2 date of the  type yyyymmdd and in this case, we select dates
 ;  which are included between these two dates.
-;  - 2 indexes which define between which and which time step we have 
+;  - 2 indexes which define between which and which time step we have
 ;  to extract the temporal dimension.
 ;
@@ -26,21 +26,21 @@
 ; Relative with the time axis.
 ; See BEGINNING.
-; 
+;
 ; @param COMPATIBILITY {in}{optional}
 ; Useless, defined for compatibility
-;  
-; @keyword BOXZOOM 
-; Contain the boxzoom on which we have to do the reading 
-; 
+;
+; @keyword BOXZOOM
+; Contain the boxzoom on which we have to do the reading
+;
 ; @keyword CALLITSELF {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
 ; For ROMS outputs. Use by read_ncdf itself to access auxilliary data (h and zeta).
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword FILENAME {required}{type=string}
 ; It contains he file's name.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword INIT {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
 ; To call automatically initncdf, filename and thus
 ; redefine all the grid parameters
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword GRID
 ; ='[UTVWF]' to specify the type of grid. Default is (1)
@@ -48,17 +48,17 @@
 ; GRID[._][TUVFW].NC (not case sensible) or (2) T if case (1)
 ; is not found.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword TIMESTEP {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
 ; Specify that BEGINNING and ENDING refer to indexes of the time axis and not to dates
 ;
 ; @keyword TOUT {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
-; We activate it if we want to read the file on the whole domain without 
-; considerate the sub-domain defined by the boxzoom or 
+; We activate it if we want to read the file on the whole domain without
+; considerate the sub-domain defined by the boxzoom or
 ; lon1,lon2,lat1,lat2,vert1,vert2.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword NOSTRUCT {default=0}{type=scalar: 0 or 1}
-; We activate it if we do not want that read_ncdf send back a structure 
+; We activate it if we do not want that read_ncdf send back a structure
 ; but only the array referring to the field.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword TIMEVAR {type=string}
 ; It define the name of the variable that
@@ -74,21 +74,21 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
-; Used to pass your keywords 
+; Used to pass your keywords
 ;
 ; @returns
 ; Structure readable by litchamp.pro or an array if NOSTRUCT is activated.
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
 ; common.pro
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
 ; The field must have a temporal dimension.
-; 
+;
 ; @history
 ; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
-;                      15/10/1999 
-; 
+;                      15/10/1999
+;
 ; @version
-; $Id$ 
+; $Id$
 ;-
 ;---------------------------------------------------------
@@ -116,5 +116,5 @@
 ; we find the filename.
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-;  print,filename 
+;  print,filename
 ; is parent a valid widget ?
   if keyword_set(parentin) then BEGIN
@@ -145,5 +145,5 @@
     ncdf_diminq, cdfid, varcontient.dim[i], tmp, dimsize
     dimnames[i] = tmp
-  ENDFOR 
+  ENDFOR
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; shall we redefine the grid parameters
@@ -174,5 +174,5 @@
       lasttps = where(time EQ date2) & lasttps = lasttps[0]
     ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-      IF keyword_set(timevar) THEN BEGIN 
+      IF keyword_set(timevar) THEN BEGIN
         timeid = ncdf_varid(cdfid, timevar)
         IF timeid EQ -1 THEN BEGIN
@@ -183,5 +183,5 @@
         timecontient = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, timeid)
         contient.recdim = timecontient.dim[0]
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ; we find the infinite dimension
         timedim = contient.recdim
@@ -190,5 +190,5 @@
           return, report('the file '+filename+' as no infinite dimension. !C Use TIMESTEP or TIMEVAR keyword')
         endif
-; we find the FIRST time axis      
+; we find the FIRST time axis
         timeid = 0
         repeat BEGIN       ; As long as we have not find a variable having only one dimension: the infinite one
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
         endif
         timeid = timeid-1
-      ENDELSE 
+      ENDELSE
 ; we must found the time origin of the julian calendar used in the
-; time axis. 
+; time axis.
 ; does the attribut units an dcalendar exist for the variable time axis?
       if timecontient.natts EQ 0 then BEGIN
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@
           'greg':IF n_elements(key_caltype) EQ 0 THEN key_caltype = 'greg'
           ELSE:BEGIN
-;            notused = report('Unknown calendar: '+value+', we use greg calendar.') 
+;            notused = report('Unknown calendar: '+value+', we use greg calendar.')
             key_caltype = 'greg'
           END
         ENDCASE
       ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-;        notused = report('Unknown calendar, we use '+key_caltype+' calendar.') 
+;        notused = report('Unknown calendar, we use '+key_caltype+' calendar.')
         IF n_elements(key_caltype) EQ 0 THEN key_caltype = 'greg'
       ENDELSE
@@ -272,5 +272,5 @@
         'hour':time = julday(depart[1], depart[2], depart[0])+time/24.d
         'day':time = julday(depart[1], depart[2], depart[0])+time
-        'month':BEGIN 
+        'month':BEGIN
           if total(fix(time) NE time) NE 0 then $ ; we switch to days with 30d/m
             time = julday(depart[1], depart[2], depart[0])+round(time*30) $
@@ -327,5 +327,5 @@
         dimnames[0] EQ 'xi_u'   AND dimnames[1] EQ 'eta_rho':vargrid = 'U'
         dimnames[0] EQ 'xi_u'   AND dimnames[1] EQ 'eta_v'  :vargrid = 'F'
-        ELSE:BEGIN 
+        ELSE:BEGIN
 ; could we define the grid type from the file name??
           pattern = ['GRID.', 'GRID_', 'GRID', 'UPID_', '30ID_']
@@ -369,5 +369,5 @@
     endcase
   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-    if keyword_set(boxzoom) then BEGIN 
+    if keyword_set(boxzoom) then BEGIN
       Case 1 Of
         N_Elements(Boxzoom) Eq 1:bte = [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0., boxzoom[0]]
@@ -386,5 +386,5 @@
     ENDIF
     grille, mask, glam, gphi, gdep, nx, ny, nz, firstx, firsty, firstz, lastx, lasty, lastz
-    undefine, glam & undefine, gphi & ; We liberate some memoty!
+    undefine, glam & undefine, gphi & ; We liberate some memory!
   ENDELSE
 ;---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -442,5 +442,5 @@
     if found NE -1 then ncdf_attget, cdfid, name, attnames[found], missing_value
 ;
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     IF NOT keyword_set(callitself) THEN varunit = ''
     add_offset = 0.
@@ -484,13 +484,13 @@
 ; we look for  missing_value
   IF size(missing_value, /type) NE 7 then BEGIN
-    IF size(missing_value, /type) EQ 1 THEN BEGIN 
+    IF size(missing_value, /type) EQ 1 THEN BEGIN
       missing_value = strlowcase(string(missing_value))
-      IF strmid(missing_value, 0, 1, /reverse_offset) EQ 'f' THEN $ 
+      IF strmid(missing_value, 0, 1, /reverse_offset) EQ 'f' THEN $
         missing_value = strmid(missing_value, 0, strlen(missing_value)-1)
-      IF isnumber(string(missing_value), tmp) EQ 1 THEN missing_value = tmp ELSE BEGIN 
+      IF isnumber(string(missing_value), tmp) EQ 1 THEN missing_value = tmp ELSE BEGIN
         print, 'Warning: missing value is not a number: ', missing_value
         missing_value = - 1
       ENDELSE
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
 ;    if missing_value NE valmask then begin
     if abs(missing_value) LT 1e6 then missing = where(res EQ missing_value) $
@@ -498,5 +498,5 @@
 ;    ENDIF ELSE missing = -1
   ENDIF ELSE missing = -1
-; we apply add_offset, scale_factor and missing_value 
+; we apply add_offset, scale_factor and missing_value
   if scale_factor NE 1 then res = temporary(res)*scale_factor
   if add_offset NE 0 then res = temporary(res)+add_offset
@@ -538,6 +538,6 @@
   IF keyword_set(nostruct) THEN return, res
   IF keyword_set(key_forgetold) THEN BEGIN
-    return, {arr:temporary(res), grid:vargrid, unit:varunit, experiment:varexp, name:varname} 
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+    return, {arr:temporary(res), grid:vargrid, unit:varunit, experiment:varexp, name:varname}
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     return, {tab:temporary(res), grille:vargrid, unite:varunit, experience:varexp, nom:varname}
   ENDELSE
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltbase.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltbase.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltbase.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 ;
 ; @file_comments
-; Overlayer contour to trace a field which can be mask. 
+; Overlayer contour to trace a field which can be mask.
 ; Elementary brick of plt, pltz et pltt.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics
 ;
@@ -21,35 +21,35 @@
 ;
 ; @param MASK {in}{required}{type=array}
-; It is the array who mask z2d (with 0s on points we want to mask and 1s on others). 
+; It is the array who mask z2d (with 0s on points we want to mask and 1s on others).
 ; If z2d is not masked, put this argument equal to 1.
 ;
 ; @param XM {in}{required}
-; Axis of the mask. Vector or array of the same size that mask. 
+; Axis of the mask. Vector or array of the same size that mask.
 ; This is the coordinate of mask on x.
 ;
 ; @param YM {in}{required}
-; Axis of the mask. Vector or array of the same size that mask. 
+; Axis of the mask. Vector or array of the same size that mask.
 ; This is the coordinate of mask on y.
 ;
 ; @param LEVELS {in}{optional}{type=vector}
-; Vectors which contain levels needed at the contour. 
+; Vectors which contain levels needed at the contour.
 ; If it is not given, we take 20 levels between the min and the max.
-;  
+;
 ; @param COLORS {in}{optional}{type=vector}
-; Vectors which contain colors needed at the contour. 
+; Vectors which contain colors needed at the contour.
 ; If it is not given, we take 20 levels between the min and the max.
 ;
-; @keyword COLORTRICHAMP 
+; @keyword COLORTRICHAMP
 ; The color we want to use to draw the triangulation which is used to make contours of the field.
 ;
-; @keyword COLORTRIMASK 
+; @keyword COLORTRIMASK
 ; The color we want to use to draw the triangulation which is used to make contours of the mask.
 ;
-; @keyword COLOR_C 
+; @keyword COLOR_C
 ; To draw the contour in color instead of in black
-; with filling in color 
-;
-; @keyword CONT_NOFILL 
-; Activate it not to fill the point mask to let them transparent! 
+; with filling in color
+;
+; @keyword CONT_NOFILL
+; Activate it not to fill the point mask to let them transparent!
 ; Comment: Nevertheless, we trace mask's contour.
 ;
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@
 ; The color of the continent.
 ;
-; @keyword DESSTRICHAMP 
-; To draw the triangulation which is used to make field's contours. 
-;
-; @keyword DESSTRIMASK 
+; @keyword DESSTRICHAMP
+; To draw the triangulation which is used to make field's contours.
+;
+; @keyword DESSTRIMASK
 ; To draw the triangulation which is used to make mask's contours.
-; 
-; @keyword FORPLT 
+;
+; @keyword FORPLT
 ; To activate if we want that the drawing of coast be realized by tracecote rather than tracemask.
 ;
 ; @keyword I_COLORS {type=vector}
-; It is a vector specifying the colors to use to trace contours. 
+; It is a vector specifying the colors to use to trace contours.
 ; It is the same thing that c_colors which act on contours.
 ;
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@
 ;  % Out of range subscript encountered: <LONG      Array[38911]>.
 ;  % Execution halted at:  PLTBASE           151
-;             If the bug still exist, increase the value of more! 
+;             If the bug still exist, increase the value of more!
 ; (The explanation and the justification of this method do not have scientific bases yet...).
 ;
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
 ; I specify we only label one contour on two.
 ;
-; @keyword CONTOUR 
+; @keyword CONTOUR
 ; To be used since plt, pltz or pltt. (Have a look on these routines).
 ;
-; @keyword _EXTRA 
+; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
 ;
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@
 ; 8/2/2000 check if the tri array is not equal to
 ; -1. allow contour with out using a triangulation.
-; 
+;
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
@@ -146,10 +146,10 @@
 ;---------------------------------------------------------
 ;
-; Explanation concerning contour. This keyword is activated when we trace a 
+; Explanation concerning contour. This keyword is activated when we trace a
 ; colored contour different from the one with black trait.
 ; If it is activated (case n_elements(contour) NE 0), we pass 2 time in pltbase:
 ;   1) We trace colors then we leave, it is the case:
 ;         n_elements(contour) NE 0 AND n_elements(contour) NE 4)
-;   2) We trace contours in traits then continents, it is the case: 
+;   2) We trace contours in traits then continents, it is the case:
 ;         n_elements(contour) NE 0 AND n_elements(contour) EQ 4)
 ;
@@ -162,5 +162,5 @@
 ; If levels and colors aren't given
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  if n_params() EQ 4 then $ 
+  if n_params() EQ 4 then $
     label, 0, min(z2d*mask), max(z2d*mask), ncontour, levels, colors
 ; attention bidouille inexplicable pour que tout se passe bien avec les
@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@
 ; Is cell_fill is a part of _extra, we desactive it if it is nt equal to 2
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  IF chkstru(ex, 'CELL_FILL') THEN BEGIN 
+  IF chkstru(ex, 'CELL_FILL') THEN BEGIN
     cell_fill = ex.CELL_FILL
     if ex.CELL_FILL NE 2 then ex.CELL_FILL = 0
   ENDIF ELSE cell_fill = 0      ;
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
-; I) Filling of contours in palette colors 
+; I) Filling of contours in palette colors
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
   if NOT keyword_set(more) then more = 10
   if NOT keyword_set(nofill) AND NOT keyword_set(color_c) then begin
-    if n_elements(contour) NE 4 THEN BEGIN 
+    if n_elements(contour) NE 4 THEN BEGIN
       if usetri EQ 2 then BEGIN
         IF size(x, /n_dimensions) EQ 1 THEN x = x#replicate(1, (size(z2d))[2])
@@ -191,9 +191,9 @@
         IF size(y, /n_dimensions) EQ 2 THEN y = reform(y[0, *])
         contour, z2d, x, y, levels = levels, c_color = colors, /noerase $
-          , /fill, _extra = ex 
+          , /fill, _extra = ex
       ENDELSE
     ENDIF
   ENDIF
-  if n_elements(contour) NE 0 AND n_elements(contour) NE 4 THEN GOTO, fini 
+  if n_elements(contour) NE 0 AND n_elements(contour) NE 4 THEN GOTO, fini
   IF chkstru(ex, 'C_ORIENTATION') THEN ex = extractstru(ex, 'C_ORIENTATION')
   IF chkstru(ex, 'C_SPACING') THEN ex = extractstru(ex, 'C_SPACING')
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@
 ;
     IF (n_elements(mask) GT 1 OR n_elements(masknan) GT 1) $
-      AND NOT keyword_set(cont_nofill) THEN BEGIN 
-      IF keyword_set(maskorg) THEN tonan = maskorg*masknan ELSE tonan = mask*masknan 
+      AND NOT keyword_set(cont_nofill) THEN BEGIN
+      IF keyword_set(maskorg) THEN tonan = maskorg*masknan ELSE tonan = mask*masknan
       tonan = where(remplit(tonan, nite = 1, mask = tonan $
                             , /basique, fillval = 0 $
                             , fillxdir = keyword_set(realsection)) EQ 0, count)
       IF count NE 0 THEN z2d[temporary(tonan)] = !values.f_nan
-    ENDIF   
+    ENDIF
 ;
 ; We do not pass if we have to make differents contours...
@@ -232,5 +232,5 @@
       ENDCASE
 ;
-      IF usetri EQ 2 THEN BEGIN 
+      IF usetri EQ 2 THEN BEGIN
         IF size(x, /n_dimensions) EQ 1 THEN x = x#replicate(1, (size(z2d))[2])
         IF size(y, /n_dimensions) EQ 1 THEN y = replicate(1, (size(z2d))[1])#y
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@
     IF chkstru(ex, 'LEVELS') THEN ex = extractstru(ex, 'LEVELS')
     IF chkstru(ex, 'NODATA') THEN ex = extractstru(ex, 'NODATA')
-    IF NOT keyword_set(cont_color) THEN cont_color = (!d.n_colors-1) <  255    
-;
-; If there is points at NaN 
-; We trace points in white at NaN bafore drawing coasts with a trait.
+    IF NOT keyword_set(cont_color) THEN cont_color = (!d.n_colors-1) <  255
+;
+; If there is points at NaN
+; We trace points in white at NaN before drawing coasts with a trait.
 ;
     if keyword_set(trinan) THEN BEGIN
@@ -298,5 +298,5 @@
               , COINDESCEND = coindescendmask, CONT_COLOR = cont_color, _extra = ex
           END
-          ELSE:BEGIN 
+          ELSE:BEGIN
             IF size(xm, /n_dimensions) EQ 2 THEN xm = xm[*, 0]
             IF size(ym, /n_dimensions) EQ 2 THEN ym = reform(ym[0, *])
@@ -310,5 +310,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
       case 1 of
-        keyword_set(realsection) AND NOT keyword_set(cont_nofill):      
+        keyword_set(realsection) AND NOT keyword_set(cont_nofill):
         keyword_set(realsection) AND keyword_set(cont_nofill): $
           drawsectionbottom, mask, xm, ym $
@@ -334,5 +334,5 @@
 ;
 fini:
-  IF keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps pltbase', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  IF keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps pltbase', systime(1)-tempsun
 
   return
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltz.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltz.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/pltz.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,20 +4,20 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Trace vertical graphs.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics
 ;
-; @param TAB 
+; @param TAB
 ; The field whose we want to make a vertical cut can be 2 kind of thing:
-;         1) An 2d or 3d array. 
-;         If the field is 2d, indicate, with the keyword BOXZOOM, geographic delineations of the boxzoom. 
+;         1) An 2d or 3d array.
+;         If the field is 2d, indicate, with the keyword BOXZOOM, geographic delineations of the boxzoom.
 ;         If the field is 3d, we extract the section on we average possibly before to do the plot.
-;         2)  a structure respecting all criterions specified by litchamp.pro. 
+;         2)  a structure respecting all criterions specified by litchamp.pro.
 ;          See IDL> xhelp,'litchamp'. The array contained in the structure must be 2 or 3d (See case 1)
 ;
 ; ces arguments ne sont pas obligatoires:
-;  
+;
 ;	MAX: valeur maximum que l'on veut prendre en compte dans le trace
 ; des contours. Par defaut on prend le max de tab1 (sur les pts mer)
@@ -26,6 +26,6 @@
 ; des contours. Par defaut on prend le min de tab1 (sur les pts mer)
 ;
-; @keyword BOXZOOM 
-; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map. 
+; @keyword BOXZOOM
+; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map.
 ;  If BOXZOOM has :
 ; 1 element : The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0.,boxzoom[0]]
@@ -37,24 +37,24 @@
 ; Where lon1, lon2,lat1,lat2 are global variables defined at the last domdef!
 ;
-; @keyword CONTINTERVALLE 
-; When CONTOUR is activated, it is the value between 2 isolines 
-; traced by a trait. So it can be different from the one specified by INTERVALLE which, 
-; in this case, does not control colored isolines in color anymore. If there is noone 
-; specified min, we choose a contour min which goes well with the specified interval! 
-; If this keyword is not specified, we trace 20 isolines from the min to the max. 
+; @keyword CONTINTERVALLE
+; When CONTOUR is activated, it is the value between 2 isolines
+; traced by a trait. So it can be different from the one specified by INTERVALLE which,
+; in this case, does not control colored isolines in color anymore. If there is noone
+; specified min, we choose a contour min which goes well with the specified interval!
+; If this keyword is not specified, we trace 20 isolines from the min to the max.
 ;
 ; @keyword CONTLABEL {type=integer}
 ; When CONTOUR is activated, if n
-; is different of 0, choose the label type corresponding to n cases for 
-; the traced by a traitisolines. To specify the type of label of the 
+; is different of 0, choose the label type corresponding to n cases for
+; the traced by a traitisolines. To specify the type of label of the
 ; colored contour, use LABEL
 ;
 ; @keyword CONTMAX {default=max of the keyword CONTOUR (on ocean points)}
-; When CONTOUR is activated, max value we want to consider in the isoline 
+; When CONTOUR is activated, max value we want to consider in the isoline
 ; traced by a trait's line.
 ;
 ; @keyword CONTMIN {default=min of the keyword CONTOUR (on ocean points)}
-; When CONTOUR is activated, min value we want to consider in the isoline 
-; traced by a trait's line. 
+; When CONTOUR is activated, min value we want to consider in the isoline
+; traced by a trait's line.
 ;
 ; @keyword CONTNLEVEL {default=20}
@@ -63,40 +63,40 @@
 ; CONTLABEL=0).
 ;
-; @keyword CONTOUR 
-; If we want to trace contours of a different field than the one 
-; whose we have the colored drawing (by example E-P in color and QSR in contours). 
+; @keyword CONTOUR
+; If we want to trace contours of a different field than the one
+; whose we have the colored drawing (by example E-P in color and QSR in contours).
 ; It must be a field respecting same characteristics than the argument number one of plt.
 ;
-; @keyword ENDPOINTS 
-; keyword specifying that we want to make a vertical cut in diagonal. Then coordinated of extremities 
-; of these one are defined by the 4 elements of the vector ENDPOINTS: [x1,y1,x2,y2] which are 
-; coordinates. 
-;
-; @keyword INTERVALLE 
-; Value of an internal between to isoline. If there is none specified min, 
-; we choose a min contour which goes well with the specified interval!. If this keyword is not 
-; specified, we trace 20 isoline from the min to the max. Comment: When CONTOUR is activated, 
-; INTERVALLE only specify the interval between 2 colored isoline. To specify the interval 
+; @keyword ENDPOINTS
+; keyword specifying that we want to make a vertical cut in diagonal. Then coordinated of extremities
+; of these one are defined by the 4 elements of the vector ENDPOINTS: [x1,y1,x2,y2] which are
+; coordinates.
+;
+; @keyword INTERVALLE
+; Value of an internal between to isoline. If there is none specified min,
+; we choose a min contour which goes well with the specified interval!. If this keyword is not
+; specified, we trace 20 isoline from the min to the max. Comment: When CONTOUR is activated,
+; INTERVALLE only specify the interval between 2 colored isoline. To specify the interval
 ; between 2 isolines traced by a trait, use CONTINTERVALLE.
 ;
-; @keyword INV 
-; Invert the color vector used to color the graph 
+; @keyword INV
+; Invert the color vector used to color the graph
 ;               (without use the black, the white and the used palette)
 ;
 ; @keyword ZRATIO {default=2./3}
-; When the drawing has a zoomed part, it is the size rapport between the zoomed part, 
+; When the drawing has a zoomed part, it is the size rapport between the zoomed part,
 ; hz (zoom height), and the whole drawing, ht (total height).
 ;
 ; @keyword LABEL {default=0}{type=integer}
 ; It choose the label's type corresponding to cases in label.pro.
-; Comment: When CONTOUR is activated, it only specify the label's type for colored isolines. 
-; For these one traced by a trait, use CONTLABEL. 
-;
-; @keyword MAXIN 
+; Comment: When CONTOUR is activated, it only specify the label's type for colored isolines.
+; For these one traced by a trait, use CONTLABEL.
+;
+; @keyword MAXIN
 ; to specify the max value we want to plot with a keyword instead of with the
 ; input parameter max. If max is defined by both, parameter and keyword, the
 ; keyword is retained.
 ;
-; @keyword MININ 
+; @keyword MININ
 ; to specify the min value we want to plot with a keyword instead of with the
 ; input parameter min. If min is defined by both, parameter and keyword, the
@@ -106,24 +106,24 @@
 ; Number of contour to draw by default =20. active if
 ; LABEL=0 or is not specified.
-; 
-; @keyword NOTRI 
-; To force not to use the triangulation. Beware, in this case, the 
-; drawing only works if the grid is undeformed (It means that each point of a longitude 
-; give one latitude and each point of a latitude give one longitude) except if we use 
-; the keyword CELL_FILL=2. 
+;
+; @keyword NOTRI
+; To force not to use the triangulation. Beware, in this case, the
+; drawing only works if the grid is undeformed (It means that each point of a longitude
+; give one latitude and each point of a latitude give one longitude) except if we use
+; the keyword CELL_FILL=2.
 ; Comment: if the field contain points !values.f_nan, then we even do a triangulation.
 ;
-; @keyword OVERPLOT 
-; To make a plot over an other one. 
-; Comment: Contrarily to the use of CONTOUR or VECTEUR, the use of this keyword 
+; @keyword OVERPLOT
+; To make a plot over an other one.
+; Comment: Contrarily to the use of CONTOUR or VECTEUR, the use of this keyword
 ; does not the caption and/or the color bar.
 ;
-; @keyword SIN 
-; Activate this keyword if we want the x axis to be traced in sinus of the 
+; @keyword SIN
+; Activate this keyword if we want the x axis to be traced in sinus of the
 ; latitude when we make a drawing f(y)
 ;
-; @keyword STRICTFILL 
-; Activate this keyword to that the filling of contours be 
-; precisely done between the min and the max specified letting values inferior at the 
+; @keyword STRICTFILL
+; Activate this keyword to that the filling of contours be
+; precisely done between the min and the max specified letting values inferior at the
 ; specified min and values superior at the specified max in white.
 ;
@@ -131,6 +131,6 @@
 ; Contour's style to adopt to draw isolines
 ;
-; @keyword WDEPTH 
-; To specify that the field is at W depth instead of T 
+; @keyword WDEPTH
+; To specify that the field is at W depth instead of T
 ; depth (automatically activated if vargrid eq 'W')
 ;
@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@
   IF usetri EQ 1 AND keyword_set(realsection) THEN usetri = 0
 ; did we specify the type ?
-  if keyword_set(typein) then BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(typein) then BEGIN
     if size(type, /type) NE 7 AND size(type, /type) NE 0 then begin
       if n_elements(min) NE 0 then max = min
@@ -216,16 +216,16 @@
     type = typein
   ENDIF
-; 
+;
   checktypeminmax, 'pltz', TYPE = type, MIN = min, MAX = max $
     , XZ = xz, YZ = yz, ENDPOINTS = endpoints, _extra = ex
 ;
   if keyword_set(endpoints) then begin
-    section, tab, z2d, glam, gphi, ENDPOINTS = endpoints, TYPE = type $ 
+    section, tab, z2d, glam, gphi, ENDPOINTS = endpoints, TYPE = type $
     , BOXZOOM = boxzoom, DIREC = direc, WDEPTH = wdepth, _extra = ex
-    if z2d[0] EQ -1 AND n_elements(contour) ne 4 then BEGIN 
+    if z2d[0] EQ -1 AND n_elements(contour) ne 4 then BEGIN
       restoreboxparam, 'boxparam4pltz.dat'
       return
     ENDIF
-    nx = n_elements(glam) 
+    nx = n_elements(glam)
     ny = nx
     if strupcase(vargrid) EQ 'W' then begin
@@ -240,5 +240,5 @@
     z2d = checkfield(tab, 'pltz', TYPE = type, BOXZOOM = boxzoom $
                      , DIREC = direc, WDEPTH = wdepth, _extra = ex)
-    if z2d[0] EQ -1 AND n_elements(contour) ne 4 then BEGIN 
+    if z2d[0] EQ -1 AND n_elements(contour) ne 4 then BEGIN
       restoreboxparam, 'boxparam4pltz.dat'
       return
@@ -260,5 +260,5 @@
   z2d = reverse(z2d, 2)
 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Determination of the mi:min and of the ma:max of z2d in the same way 
+; Determination of the mi:min and of the ma:max of z2d in the same way
 ; as max: max and min: min for the drawing.
 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -316,10 +316,10 @@
       z2d = remplit(z2d, nite = 1-(n_elements(maskfill) NE 0) $
                     , mask = z2d LT valmask/10, /basique, _extra = ex)
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ; filling the mask values with 8 neighbourg
     z2d = remplit(z2d, nite = (1+(vargrid NE 'T')+keyword_set(nan)) $
                   *(1-(n_elements(maskfill) NE 0)), mask = mask*masknan $
                   , /basique, _extra = ex)
-  ENDELSE 
+  ENDELSE
   if keyword_set(strictfill) EQ 0 AND n_elements(maskfill) EQ 0 $
     then z2d = min > z2d <  max
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
   ENDIF
 ;----------------------------------------------------------
-; check the mask and the triangulation according to the grid type and 
+; check the mask and the triangulation according to the grid type and
 ; nan values. find the coordinates of the mask
-;---------------------------------------------------------- 
+;----------------------------------------------------------
 ;   if (where(mask EQ 0))[0] EQ -1 AND NOT keyword_set(nan) then notri = 1
 ;   if keyword_set(notri) then trifield = -1 $
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@
     xmask = xxaxis
     zmask = zzaxis
-  ENDELSE 
-;
-  if (usetri GE 1 AND (vargrid NE 'T' AND vargrid NE 'W')) THEN BEGIN 
+  ENDELSE
+;
+  if (usetri GE 1 AND (vargrid NE 'T' AND vargrid NE 'W')) THEN BEGIN
     IF keyword_set(realsection) THEN trimsk = triangule(mask, /basic) $
     ELSE trimsk = triangule(mask, /basic, coinmonte = coinmontemask $
                             , coindescend = coindescendmask)
-  ENDIF     
+  ENDIF
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; dessin en lui meme
@@ -387,5 +387,5 @@
     return
   endif
-  if keyword_set(contour) THEN BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(contour) THEN BEGIN
     pourlegende = [1, 1, 1, 1]
     oldattributs = saveatt()
@@ -403,5 +403,5 @@
 ; 3rd part: drawing of the frame, caption, colorbar...
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if keyword_set(overplot) then BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(overplot) then BEGIN
     !y.range =  [zoom, profmin] ; We get back on physic coordinates
     plot, [0], [0], /nodata, /noerase, title = '', subtitle = '', xstyle = 5, ystyle = 5
@@ -409,5 +409,5 @@
   endif
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; Caption + dysplay of them
+; Caption + display of them
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   legende, mi, ma, type, CONTOUR = pourlegende, INTERVALLE = intervalle, DIREC = direc, endpoints = endpoints, _EXTRA = ex
@@ -423,5 +423,5 @@
 ; Y axis in 1 or 2 part
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if n_elements(ex) NE 0 then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(ex) NE 0 then BEGIN
 ; To do not put title anymore
     if (where(tag_names(ex) EQ 'TITLE'))[0] NE -1 then ex.TITLE = ' '
@@ -429,5 +429,5 @@
     if (where(tag_names(ex) EQ 'SUBTITLE'))[0] NE -1 then ex.SUBTITLE = ' '
 ; To have just one ytitle
-    if (where(tag_names(ex) EQ 'YTITLE'))[0] NE -1 then BEGIN 
+    if (where(tag_names(ex) EQ 'YTITLE'))[0] NE -1 then BEGIN
       ytitle = ex.YTITLE
       ex.YTITLE = ' '
@@ -480,5 +480,5 @@
   restoreboxparam, 'boxparam4pltz.dat'
 ;
-  if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps pltz', systime(1)-tempsun 
+  if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps pltz', systime(1)-tempsun
   return
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/scontour.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/scontour.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/scontour.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
 ; 1) I reinitializate the graphic environment (variables !x, !y et !p):
   if NOT keyword_set(NOREINITPLT) then reinitplt, _extra = ex
-; 2) i put the drawing on the screen like on the postcript
+; 2) i put the drawing on the screen like on the postscript
 ; if ex contains norease and c_orientation keywords we force ex.noerase = 0
   IF chkstru(ex, 'overplot') EQ 0 THEN placedessin, 'autre', _extra = ex
-; fiddle when noerase is used with c_orentation...
+; fiddle when noerase is used with c_orientation...
 ; call contour with /nodata to get the graphic environment, then force
 ; noerase = 0 and overplot = 1
   IF size(ex, /type) EQ 8 THEN BEGIN
-; check if noerase is used with c_orentation
+; check if noerase is used with c_orientation
     alltags = strlowcase(tag_names(ex))
     dummy = where(alltags EQ 'noerase', count1)
@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@
     3:contour, x, y, z, xstyle = 1, ystyle = 1, _EXTRA = ex
   ENDCASE
-; fiddle when noerase is used with c_orentation... draw the contour axis
+; fiddle when noerase is used with c_orientation... draw the contour axis
   IF keyword_set(noerase_orientation)  THEN BEGIN
     ex.noerase = 1
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/splot.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/splot.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/splot.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@
 ; 1) I reinitializate the graphic environment (les variables !x, !y et !p):
    if NOT keyword_set(NOREINITPLT) then reinitplt, _extra = ex
-; 2) i put the drawing on the screen like on the postcript
+; 2) i put the drawing on the screen like on the postscript
    placedessin, 'autre', _extra = ex
 ; 3) Drawing
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/tvplus.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/tvplus.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DESSINE/tvplus.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,7 +7,5 @@
 ; Enhanced version of tvscl
 ;
-; @categories quick exploration of 2D arrays 
-;
-; INPUTS: 
+; @categories quick exploration of 2D arrays
 ;
 ; @param Z2D {in}{required}
@@ -21,5 +19,5 @@
 ; of cellsize that forces tvplus to create a window larger than
 ; the screen, a "scrolling window" will be displayed instead of a
-; regular window. Unfortunately the nice functionnalities of tvplus
+; regular window. Unfortunately the nice functionalities of tvplus
 ; are not coded for "scrolling window" case...
 ;
@@ -33,10 +31,10 @@
 ; The color number that should be used for the mask values.
 ;
-; @keyword OFFSET 
+; @keyword OFFSET
 ; 2 elements vector used by tvplus itself when showing zoom.
 ; It is used to shift the ranges of xaxis and yaxis.
-; For example: tvplus,sst[x1:x2,y1:y2],offest=[x1,y1]
-;
-; @keyword MASK 
+; For example: tvplus,sst[x1:x2,y1:y2],offset=[x1,y1]
+;
+; @keyword MASK
 ; The mask value. Note that if abs(mask) < 1.e6, then the
 ; exact value of the mask is used to find the maskwd point.
@@ -67,6 +65,6 @@
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; used to pass keywords to TV, PLOT, COLORBAR
-; 
-; @restrictions 
+;
+; @restrictions
 ; use your mouse to scan the array values...
 ;     left button  : mouse position and associated array value
@@ -74,5 +72,5 @@
 ;     right button : quit
 ;
-; the nice functionnalities of tvplus are not coded
+; the nice functionalities of tvplus are not coded
 ; for "scrolling window" case...
 ;
@@ -102,5 +100,5 @@
   arr = reform(float(z2d))
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; check the size of the input array 
+; check the size of the input array
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   if (size(arr))[0] NE 2 then begin
@@ -130,10 +128,10 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; Compute the size (in pixel) of the square representing 1
-; point of the input array 
+; point of the input array
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   dimensions = GET_SCREEN_SIZE()
-  if n_elements(cellsize) EQ 0 then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(cellsize) EQ 0 then BEGIN
     cellsize = min(floor(dimensions/(size(z2d))[1: 2]*.75))
-  ENDIF ELSE $ 
+  ENDIF ELSE $
 ; we need to use a scrolling bar window
   if cellsize GE min(floor(dimensions/(size(z2d))[1: 2]*.75)) then scrolling = 1
@@ -145,9 +143,9 @@
 ; Change the value of the masked value for the min of the non-masked values
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if n_elements(mask) then BEGIN 
-    if abs(mask) LT 1e6 then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(mask) then BEGIN
+    if abs(mask) LT 1e6 then BEGIN
       masked = where(arr EQ mask)
       if masked[0] NE -1 then arr[masked] = min(arr[where(arr NE mask)])
-    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       masked = where(abs(arr) GE abs(mask)/10.)
       if masked[0] NE -1 then arr[masked] = min(arr[where(abs(arr) LT abs(mask)/10.)])
@@ -157,9 +155,9 @@
 ; apply min/max keywords
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  if n_elements(min) NE 0 then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(min) NE 0 then BEGIN
     arr = min > arr
     truemin = min
   ENDIF ELSE truemin = min(arr)
-  if n_elements(max) NE 0 then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(max) NE 0 then BEGIN
     arr = arr < max
     truemax = max
@@ -171,5 +169,5 @@
   ENDIF
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; apply other keywords (nointerp, c_nan, c_mask) 
+; apply other keywords (nointerp, c_nan, c_mask)
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   if NOT keyword_set(nointerp) then BEGIN
@@ -177,7 +175,7 @@
     m = 1.*(ncolors-1)/(truemax-truemin)
     p = bottom-1.*truemin*m
-    arr = round(m*temporary(arr)+p) 
-  endif
-; set c_nan for NaN values 
+    arr = round(m*temporary(arr)+p)
+  endif
+; set c_nan for NaN values
   if keyword_set(nan) then begin
     if n_elements(c_nan) NE 0 THEN arr[nanindex] = c_nan <  (ncolmax -1) $
@@ -190,5 +188,5 @@
   arr = byte(temporary(arr))
 ; increase the size of the array in order to be displayed
-; with the suitable size 
+; with the suitable size
   szarr = size(arr, /dimensions)
   arr = congrid(temporary(arr), szarr[0]*cellsize, szarr[1]*cellsize)
@@ -205,5 +203,5 @@
     if NOT keyword_set(window) then window = 0
     window, window, xsize = nx+marginpix[0]+marginpix[1] $
-            , ysize = ny+marginpix[2]+marginpix[3] 
+            , ysize = ny+marginpix[2]+marginpix[3]
 ; for 24 bits colors, make sure thate the background color is the good one...
     if !d.n_colors gt 256 then BEGIN
@@ -215,5 +213,5 @@
     tv, arr, marginpix[0], marginpix[2], _EXTRA = ex
 ;
-; axis and plot frame 
+; axis and plot frame
 ;
 ; get the normalized position of the tv (we just done above)
@@ -233,5 +231,5 @@
     xenvsauve = !x & yenvsauve = !y & penvsauve = !p
 ;
-; draw the colorbar 
+; draw the colorbar
 ;
     IF truemin ne truemax THEN BEGIN
@@ -244,5 +242,5 @@
     ENDIF
 ;      !p.position = poscadre
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; scrolling bar window case...
@@ -261,5 +259,5 @@
                  , yvisible = round(.7*dimensions[1]) < (size(arr))[2], /register, congrid = 0, show_full = 0
     return
-  ENDELSE 
+  ENDELSE
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; Use the mouse to get nice functionalities
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/barrecouleur.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/barrecouleur.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/barrecouleur.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@
 ;
 ; @file_comments
-; Overlayeur of colorbar
+; Overlayer of colorbar
 ;
 ; @categories
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword NOCOLORBAR
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword CB_TITLE
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword NOFILL
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword COLOR_c
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword MIN
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword DIVISIONS
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword CB_SUBTITLE
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword POST
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@
   if keyword_set(divisions) THEN  clbdiv = divisions
   nocolorbar = keyword_set(nocolorbar) + keyword_set(nofill) $
-               + keyword_set(color_c)  
+               + keyword_set(color_c)
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
     def_myuniquetmpdir
@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@
    ENDELSE
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(nocolorbar) then return 
+   if keyword_set(nocolorbar) then return
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    ancienx = !x
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/determineminmax.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/determineminmax.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/determineminmax.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@
 ; Determine the min and the max of a mask array
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Plotting
 ;
@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@
 ;
 ; @param MASK {in}{required}
-; The mask array 
+; The mask array
 ;
 ; @keyword MININ {type=scalar}
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
 ; If it is not defined, it takes the value of VRAIMAX
 ;
-; @keyword ZEROMIDDLE 
+; @keyword ZEROMIDDLE
 ; Force the middle of the colorbar to be equal
 ; to 0 (force max=max(abs([min,max])) and min=-max)
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; used to pass your keywords
@@ -31,5 +31,5 @@
 ; @keyword USETRI
 ; To force using triangulation.
-; 
+;
 ; @param VRAIMIN {out}
 ; The min of the array
@@ -64,10 +64,10 @@
 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Type o fthe vertical grid:
+; Type of the vertical grid:
   if vargrid EQ 'W' then nz = nzw ELSE nz = nzt
 ; liste des points mer
   if (size(mask))[0] EQ 3 then mer = mask[*, *, 0] $
   ELSE mer = mask
-; If key_irregular eq 1, we mask also points which are not in the geographic 
+; If key_irregular eq 1, we mask also points which are not in the geographic
 ; domain defined by lon1,lon2,lat1,lat2
   if keyword_set(key_irregular) AND n_elements(glam) NE 0 AND n_elements(gphi) NE 0 then begin
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 ; ma and mi : max and min on ocean points
   vraimax = max(tab[mer], min = vraimin, _extra = ex)
-  sameminmax = testvar(var = minin) EQ testvar(var = maxin) 
+  sameminmax = testvar(var = minin) EQ testvar(var = maxin)
   if n_elements(maxin) EQ 0 OR sameminmax then maxin = vraimax
-  if n_elements(minin) EQ 0 OR sameminmax then BEGIN 
+  if n_elements(minin) EQ 0 OR sameminmax then BEGIN
     if keyword_set(intervalle) then minin = floor(vraimin/intervalle)*intervalle $
     ELSE minin = vraimin
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/placedessin.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/placedessin.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/placedessin.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
 ;+
 ;
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Putting into place of the drawing/ opening of the window or of the PS
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Utilities
 ;
@@ -13,20 +13,20 @@
 ; It specify what procedure is called by PLACEDESSIN: 'plt', 'pltz' or 'pltt'
 ;
-; @keyword LANDSCAPE 
+; @keyword LANDSCAPE
 ; Force the page or the window on the screen to be in lengthened position.
 ;
 ; @keyword LCT {type=integer}
-; It designate the number of the palette of color we want to use for the plot. 
+; It designate the number of the palette of color we want to use for the plot.
 ;	
-; @keyword MAP 
+; @keyword MAP
 ; We use it when we want to do a projection.
 ; This keyword can be of two types:
 ;     MAP=[P0lat,P0lon,Rot]. For the description of these 3 values (see the online help of MAP_SET).
-;     /MAP: In this case, map is automatically calculated have the value: 
+;     /MAP: In this case, map is automatically calculated have the value:
 ;          map = [0, (lon1+lon2)/2., 0]
 ; Comment: A good way to choose the type of the projection we want to do is to have a look at IDL demo:
 ; IDL> demo
 ; Then choose earth sciences and  mapping.
-; Comment2: By default it is a cylindrical projection which is effectuated (with or without the keyword map). 
+; Comment2: By default it is a cylindrical projection which is effectuated (with or without the keyword map).
 ; If we want an other projection, MAP must be activated and we have to add the keyword: /nom_projection.
 ; For example, for a polar projection centered on the south pole:
@@ -34,53 +34,53 @@
 ; IDL> plt, tab, /stereo,map=[-90,0,0]
 ;	
-; @keyword NOCOLORBAR 
+; @keyword NOCOLORBAR
 ; We active it if we do not want the colorbar.
 
-;; @keyword NOFILL 
+;; @keyword NOFILL
 ; We active it if we only want contours in black and white with a white background.
 ;
-; @keyword NOERASE 
+; @keyword NOERASE
 ; We active it to make a drawing without creating a new frame.
 ;
-; @keyword SMALL 
-; Vector composed of 3 or 4 elements, applied to make a drawing on a 
+; @keyword SMALL
+; Vector composed of 3 or 4 elements, applied to make a drawing on a
 ; small portion of a page or screen. It delimit the zone where the drawing will be done.
 ;     If there is 4 elements:
-; then is constituted of coordinates (expressed in cm located from the up and 
-; left corner of the page or the window (in portrait like in landscape)) of the bottom 
+; then is constituted of coordinates (expressed in cm located from the up and
+; left corner of the page or the window (in portrait like in landscape)) of the bottom
 ; and left corner and of the up and right corner of the drawing zone.
 ;     If there is 3 elements:
-; in this case, we divide the page or the screen in small[0] columns and in small[1] lines 
-; the drawing made in the box numbered small[2]. The numerotation starting up and left by 
+; in this case, we divide the page or the screen in small[0] columns and in small[1] lines
+; the drawing made in the box numbered small[2]. The numerotation starting up and left by
 ; the number 1 and then, following the writing direction.
-; By default, we make the largest drawing we can do, conserving the aspect rapport 
+; By default, we make the largest drawing we can do, conserving the aspect rapport
 ; (except when REMPLI is activated).
-; 
-; @keyword PORTRAIT 
+;
+; @keyword PORTRAIT
 ; Force the page or the window to be in standing position.
 ;
-; @keyword POST 
+; @keyword POST
 ; Make a postscript. Only works if we made one drawing on the page.
 ; If we make several drawing, use \@ps.
 ;
-; @keyword REMPLI 
+; @keyword REMPLI
 ; Force the drawing to occupy the whole space defined by small.
 ;
-; @keyword WINDOW 
-; Number of the window on which we want to do the graph (Allow to open several windows). 
+; @keyword WINDOW
+; Number of the window on which we want to do the graph (Allow to open several windows).
 ; By default, we open 'IDL0'
 ;
-; @keyword CB_TITLE 
+; @keyword CB_TITLE
 ; The colorbar's title
 ;
-; @keyword CONTOUR 
-; If we want to trace contours of a different field than the one 
-; whose we have the colored drawing (by example E-P in color and QSR in contours). 
+; @keyword CONTOUR
+; If we want to trace contours of a different field than the one
+; whose we have the colored drawing (by example E-P in color and QSR in contours).
 ; It must be a field respecting same characteristics than the argument number one of plt.
 ;
-; @keyword ENDPOINTS 
-; keyword specifying that we want to make a vertical cut in diagonal. Then coordinated of extremities 
-; of these one are defined by the 4 elements of the vector ENDPOINTS: [x1,y1,x2,y2] which are 
-; coordinates. 
+; @keyword ENDPOINTS
+; keyword specifying that we want to make a vertical cut in diagonal. Then coordinated of extremities
+; of these one are defined by the 4 elements of the vector ENDPOINTS: [x1,y1,x2,y2] which are
+; coordinates.
 ;
 ; @keyword VECTEUR {type=vector}
@@ -94,21 +94,21 @@
 ; @keyword DIREC
 ; 't' 'x' 'y' 'z' 'xys' 'xz' 'yz' 'xyz' 'xt' 'yt' 'zt' 'xyt'
-;       'xzt' 'yzt' 'xyzt' Direction on which do averages 
+;       'xzt' 'yzt' 'xyzt' Direction on which do averages
 ;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords.
 ;
-; @keyword COLOR_C 
+; @keyword COLOR_C
 ; To draw the contour in color instead of in black
-; with filling in color 
+; with filling in color
 ;
 ; @param POSFENETRE {out}{type=vector}
-; It is a vector composed by 4 elements containing the position of the frame 
-; containing captions and the graph in normalized coordinates. 
-; Comment: To position the drawing; we have to do !p.position=posfenetre 
+; It is a vector composed by 4 elements containing the position of the frame
+; containing captions and the graph in normalized coordinates.
+; Comment: To position the drawing; we have to do !p.position=posfenetre
 ; after the call of the caliber
 ;
 ; @param POSBAR {out}{type=vector}
-; Like POSFENETRE but for the color bar. 
+; Like POSFENETRE but for the color bar.
 ; Same comment to position the color bar, !p.position=posbar
 ;
@@ -148,5 +148,5 @@
 ; 1) Determination of the size of margins (unity=number of lines or columns)
 ; to the left, to the right, up and down.
-; BEWARE in margebar, the last element is the right up corner 
+; BEWARE in margebar, the last element is the right up corner
 ; instead of the up margin
 ;-------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -157,6 +157,6 @@
     margebar = 1.*[marge[0]+1, marge[1]+1,  marge[2]-8,  marge[2]-6]
     if keyword_set(barmarges) then margebar = margebar+barmarges
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
-    nocolorbar = keyword_set(nocolorbar) + keyword_set(nofill) + keyword_set(color_c)  
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
+    nocolorbar = keyword_set(nocolorbar) + keyword_set(nofill) + keyword_set(color_c)
     case typedessin of
       'plt':marge = 1.*[6, 2, 4, 3]
@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@
 ; Portrait or landscape
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
-  IF NOT keyword_set(noerase) THEN BEGIN 
+  IF NOT keyword_set(noerase) THEN BEGIN
     CASE 1 OF
       n_elements(portrait) NE 0:key_portrait = portrait
@@ -192,5 +192,5 @@
       ELSE:
     ENDCASE
-  ENDIF 
+  ENDIF
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
 ; What type of aspect rapport (it will be crushed if YXASPECT exist)
@@ -218,5 +218,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   case 1 of
-; case of the first drawing on a postcript
+; case of the first drawing on a postscript
     keyword_set(post) AND !d.name ne 'PS':openps, _extra = ex
 ; case of the first drawing on a screen
@@ -236,5 +236,5 @@
       windsize = givewindowsize()
       window, window, xsize = windsize[0], ysize = windsize[1],  retain = 2, _extra = ex
-; When we used colors which are coded on 24bit, we can not stipulate the background color 
+; When we used colors which are coded on 24bit, we can not stipulate the background color
 ; of a window thanks to !p.background, so we have to to this:
 ;          if !d.n_colors gt 256 then begin
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/restoreatt.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/restoreatt.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/DIVERS/restoreatt.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
 ;
 ; @file_comments
-; Allows to reattribuate global variables associated with a field 
+; Allows to reattribute global variables associated with a field
 ; when we give a structure created by saveatt.pro by example.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Utilities
 ;
 ; @param STRUCT {in}{required}
-; a structure like the one who read litchamp. 
+; a structure like the one who read litchamp.
 ;        See IDL> xhelp,'litchamp'
 ;
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; Change the value if global variables attribute of a field: vargrid, 
+; Change the value if global variables attribute of a field: vargrid,
 ; varname, varunit, vardate, varexp , valmask and time.
 ;
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@
          'e':varexp = struct.(i)
          'm':valmask = struct.(i)
-         'd':BEGIN 
-            if size(struct.(i),/type) EQ 7 THEN BEGIN 
+         'd':BEGIN
+            if size(struct.(i),/type) EQ 7 THEN BEGIN
                vardate = struct.(i)
             ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@
             ENDELSE
          end
-         ELSE:BEGIN 
+         ELSE:BEGIN
             ras = report('Le nom '+nomelements[i]+' ne correspont a aucun element reconnu de la structure. !C cf. IDL> xhelp, ''litchamp''')
          end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/LABEL/label.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/LABEL/label.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/LABEL/label.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@
 ; Number of the type of the label we want to trace
 ;	
-; @param MIN {in}{required} 
+; @param MIN {in}{required}
 ; Smallest value for the drawing of the contour.
 ;
@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword INTERVALLE {default=20}
-; Value of an interval between two isolines. By default, it is calculated to 
+; Value of an interval between two isolines. By default, it is calculated to
 ; draw 20 isolines. In all cases, this keyword must be returned have a nice
 ; caption. If levels do not contain regular intervals, put it at -1.
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@
 ; @param NCONTOUR {out}
 ; Number of contour to be drawn.
-; 
+;
 ; @param LEVEL_Z2D {out}
 ; Vector containing values of contours we draw.
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@
 ; common.pro
 ;
-; @history 
+; @history
 ; Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;			7/5/98
 ;
-; @version 
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@
          ncontour  = fix((max-min)/intervalle)
          ncontour = 1 > ncontour
-         level_z2d = min + intervalle*findgen(Ncontour) 
+         level_z2d = min + intervalle*findgen(Ncontour)
          colnumb   = ncoul*(findgen(Ncontour))/Ncontour+ncoul/(2*ncontour)
          max=level_z2d[Ncontour-1]+intervalle
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/VECTEUR/vecteur.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/VECTEUR/vecteur.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/VECTEUR/vecteur.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
 ;+
-; @file_comments 
-; 
-; 
+; @file_comments
+;
+;
 ; @categories
-; 
-; 
-; @param ANGLE 
-;
+;
+;
+; @param ANGLE
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
 ;
-;
 ; @history
-; 
 ;
 ; @version
@@ -29,5 +24,5 @@
 ; by rapport at the x axis and which must do 1 cm on the drawing.
 ; Angle can be an array.
-; 
+;
 ;
 ;
@@ -53,10 +48,10 @@
 ;
 ;+
-; @file_comments 
-; 
-; 
+; @file_comments
+;
+;
 ; @categories
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @param U
 ;
@@ -64,16 +59,11 @@
 ; @param V
 ;
-;
-; @param W 
-;
+; @param W
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
 ;
-;
 ; @history
-; 
 ;
 ; @version
@@ -87,5 +77,5 @@
   compile_opt idl2, strictarrsubs
 ;
-   IF n_elements(w) NE 0 THEN BEGIN 
+   IF n_elements(w) NE 0 THEN BEGIN
       norme = sqrt(u^2.+v^2.+w^2.)
       ind = where(norme NE 0)
@@ -98,5 +88,5 @@
       u[ind] = u[ind]/norme[ind]
       v[ind] = v[ind]/norme[ind]
-   ENDELSE 
+   ENDELSE
 END
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -111,47 +101,47 @@
 ; and is position on the sphere).
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics
-; 
+;
 ; @param COMPOSANTEU {in}{required}
-; It is the u component of the vector to be traced. This 2d array has the 
+; It is the u component of the vector to be traced. This 2d array has the
 ; same dimension that reduitindice2d (see further)
-; 
+;
 ; @param COMPOSANTEV {in}{required}
-; It is the v component of the vector to be traced. This 2d array has the 
+; It is the v component of the vector to be traced. This 2d array has the
 ; same dimension that reduitindice2d (see further)
-; 
+;
 ; @param NORMEVECTEUR
 ;
 ;
 ; @param INDICE2D  {in}{required}
-; It in an index allowing to to pass from an jpi or jpj array to the zoom 
+; It in an index allowing to to pass from an jpi or jpj array to the zoom
 ; on which we do the drawing
-; 
+;
 ; @param REDUITINDICE2D {in}{required}
-; It is an index allowing to pass from an array defined by indice2d to the 
-; array for which we really have vectors to be traced (to be clear, it is 
+; It is an index allowing to pass from an array defined by indice2d to the
+; array for which we really have vectors to be traced (to be clear, it is
 ; for example when we trace only one vector on two).
 ;
 ; @keyword CMREF {default=between .5 and 1.5 cm}
-; The length in cm that must measure the arrow normed normeref. By default, 
+; The length in cm that must measure the arrow normed normeref. By default,
 ; it is adjusted to other drawing and included between .5 and 1.5 cm.
 ;
 ; @keyword MISSING
-; The value of a missing value. Do not use this keyword. Fixed at 1e5 by 
+; The value of a missing value. Do not use this keyword. Fixed at 1e5 by
 ; ajoutvect.pro
-;      
-; @keyword NORMEREF 
+;
+; @keyword NORMEREF
 ; The norme of the reference arrow.
 ;
 ; @keyword VECTCOLOR {default=0}
 ; The color of the arrow. Black by default (color 0)
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword VECTTHICK {default=1}
-; The thick of the arrow. 
+; The thick of the arrow.
 ;
 ; @keyword VECTREFPOS
-; Vector composed of 2 elements specifying the position on DATA coordinates 
-; from the beginning of the reference vector. By default at the right bottom 
+; Vector composed of 2 elements specifying the position on DATA coordinates
+; from the beginning of the reference vector. By default at the right bottom
 ; of the drawing.
 ;
@@ -161,9 +151,9 @@
 ; @keyword NOVECTREF
 ; To delete the display of the reference vector.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
-; Used to pass your keywords 
-;
-; @uses 
+; Used to pass your keywords
+;
+; @uses
 ; common.pro
 ;
@@ -179,5 +169,5 @@
 ;
 ; @version
-; $Id$ 
+; $Id$
 ;
 ;-
@@ -209,5 +199,5 @@
    msk = replicate(1, nx, ny)
    if keyword_set(missing) then terre = where(abs(zu) GE missing/10) ELSE terre = -1
-   if terre[0] NE -1  then BEGIN 
+   if terre[0] NE -1  then BEGIN
       msk[terre] = 0
       zu[terre] = 0
@@ -216,28 +206,28 @@
    ENDIF
 ;
-; Stage 1: 
-;
-; Given that the directions and the sense that the vector has on the sphere, 
-; we have to try to determinate this direction and the sense that the vector 
+; Stage 1:
+;
+; Given that the directions and the sense that the vector has on the sphere,
+; we have to try to determinate this direction and the sense that the vector
 ; will have on the screen once it will have been projected.
 ;
-; In theory: on the sphere, a vector in a given point has for direction the 
-; tangent at the circle passing by the center of the Earth and by the vector. 
+; In theory: on the sphere, a vector in a given point has for direction the
+; tangent at the circle passing by the center of the Earth and by the vector.
 ; So, find the direction once the projection is done, it is find the tangent
-; to the curve representing the projection of the circle on the 2d plan at the 
-; point representing the projection of the starting point of the shere on the 
+; to the curve representing the projection of the circle on the 2d plan at the
+; point representing the projection of the starting point of the sphere on the
 ; 2d plan.
-; 
-; In practice we do no know the definition of the curve given by the projection 
+;
+; In practice we do no know the definition of the curve given by the projection
 ; of a circle so find its tangente in a point...
 ;
 ; What we do:
 ; In a 3d cartesian reference,
-;       a) We find coorinates of the point T (starting of the arrow) situed 
+;       a) We find coordinates of the point T (starting of the arrow) situed
 ;       on the sphere.
 ;       b) To each point T, we determine local directions defined by the grid
 ;       on this point and on which coordinates (u,v) of the vector refer to.
 ;       These local directions are defined by gradients of glam and gphi. Once
-;       we have obtain these directions, we considare them like orthogonal and
+;       we have obtain these directions, we consider them like orthogonal and
 ;       by norming them, we build an orthonormal reference (nu,nv) on which
 ;       coordinates (u,v) of the vector refer to. In the starting 3d cartesian
@@ -254,5 +244,5 @@
 ;       e) We pass coordinates of these points in normalized coordinates, then
 ;       in polar coordinates in order to find the angle and the direction they
-;       dertermine on the drawing.
+;       determine on the drawing.
 ;
 ;
@@ -280,6 +270,6 @@
 ; points u[i,j] and u[i-1,j] (resp v[i,j] and v[i,j-1]) which define, for each
 ; point on the sphere, local directions associated with u and v. These vectors
-; define a local orthonormal reference. 
-; These vectors are built in a cartesian reference (cv_coord). We have choose a 
+; define a local orthonormal reference.
+; These vectors are built in a cartesian reference (cv_coord). We have choose a
 ; unity radius of the Earth (unit).
 ;
@@ -294,5 +284,5 @@
    uy = reform(r[1, *], nxgd, nygd)
    uz = reform(r[2, *], nxgd, nygd)
-; calculation of nu 
+; calculation of nu
    nux = ux-shift(ux, 1, 0)
    nuy = uy-shift(uy, 1, 0)
@@ -311,5 +301,5 @@
    IF finite(glamv[0]*gphiv[0]) NE 0 THEN $
    coord_sphe = transpose([ [(glamv[indice2d])[*]], [(gphiv[indice2d])[*]], [radius[*]] ]) $
-   ELSE coord_sphe = transpose([ [(glamt[indice2d])[*]], [(gphif[indice2d])[*]], [radius[*]] ])                
+   ELSE coord_sphe = transpose([ [(glamt[indice2d])[*]], [(gphif[indice2d])[*]], [radius[*]] ])
    r = cv_coord(from_sphere=coord_sphe,/to_rect,/degrees)
 ; coordinates of points of the grid in cartesian.
@@ -317,5 +307,5 @@
    vy = reform(r[1, *], nxgd, nygd)
    vz = reform(r[2, *], nxgd, nygd)
-; calcul of nv 
+; calcul of nv
    nvx = vx-shift(vx, 0, 1)
    nvy = vy-shift(vy, 0, 1)
@@ -383,11 +373,11 @@
 ; Stage 1, e)
 ;
-   r = convert_coord(glam,gphi,/data,/to_normal) 
+   r = convert_coord(glam,gphi,/data,/to_normal)
    x0 = r[0, *]                 ; normal coordinates of the beginning of the array.
-   y0 = r[1, *]                 ; 
-   
-   r = convert_coord(glam1,gphi1,/data,/to_normal) 
+   y0 = r[1, *]                 ;
+
+   r = convert_coord(glam1,gphi1,/data,/to_normal)
    x1 = r[0, *]                 ; normal coordinates of the ending of the array (Before scaling).
-   y1 = r[1, *]                 ; 
+   y1 = r[1, *]                 ;
 ;
 ; tests to avoid that arrows be drawing out of the domain.
@@ -397,5 +387,5 @@
    if out[0] NE -1 THEN x0[out] = !values.f_nan
 ;
-; Following projections, there may are points at NaN when we pass in normal coordinates. 
+; Following projections, there may are points at NaN when we pass in normal coordinates.
 ; We delete these points.
 ;
@@ -422,7 +412,7 @@
 ; Now we take care of the norme...
 ;
-; Automatic putting at the scale 
-;
-   if NOT keyword_set(cmref) then BEGIN 
+; Automatic putting at the scale
+;
+   if NOT keyword_set(cmref) then BEGIN
       mipgsz = min(page_size, max = mapgsz)
       sizexfeuille = mipgsz*key_portrait+mapgsz*(1-key_portrait)
@@ -438,6 +428,6 @@
    cm = 1.*normeref/cmref
 ;
-; We modify the array norme to an element having the value cm be represented 
-; by a trait of lenght 1 cm on the paper. Norme contain the norme of vectors 
+; We modify the array norme to an element having the value cm be represented
+; by a trait of lenght 1 cm on the paper. Norme contain the norme of vectors
 ; we want to draw.
 ;
@@ -446,5 +436,5 @@
 ;
 ; Stage 3
-; Now that we have the angle and the norme, we recuperate coordinates in 
+; Now that we have the angle and the norme, we recuperate coordinates in
 ; rectangular and we draw arrows.
 ;
@@ -467,5 +457,5 @@
 ;
    if NOT keyword_set(novectref) then BEGIN
-      dx = cmref*cv_cm2normal(0) ; Lenght of the vector of reference in normalzed coordinates.
+      dx = cmref*cv_cm2normal(0) ; Length of the vector of reference in normalzed coordinates.
       if keyword_set(vectrefformat) then $
        normelegende = strtrim(string(normeref, format = vectrefformat), 1)+' ' $
@@ -490,11 +480,11 @@
 ;
 
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps vecteur', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) NE 0 THEN print, 'temps vecteur', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
    return
-END 
-
-
-
-
+END
+
+
+
+
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/axe.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/axe.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/PLOTS/axe.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -8,26 +8,26 @@
 ; pltz and pltt
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics
 ;
 ; @param COUPE {type=string}
-; It designate the type of cut to which the axes we create 
+; It designate the type of cut to which the axes we create
 ; must report. For example: 'xy','xt'...
 ;
 ; @param TEMPSMIN {in}{required}
-; In the case where we do cut containing the time dimension, we have 
+; In the case where we do cut containing the time dimension, we have
 ; to specify the beginning of the time's axis in julian days.
 ;
 ; @param TEMPSMAX {in}{required}
-; In the case where we do cut containing the time dimension, we have 
+; In the case where we do cut containing the time dimension, we have
 ; to specify the end of the time's axis in julian days.
 ;
-; @keyword SIN 
+; @keyword SIN
 ; activated when we trace in sinus of the latitude
 ;
 ; @keyword SEPDATE {type=string}
-; It separate the different constituents of the date. By default, 
-; it is a return to the line when we do a 'yt', 'zt' or a 't'. 
-; In the other cases, it is a blank. 
+; It separate the different constituents of the date. By default,
+; it is a return to the line when we do a 'yt', 'zt' or a 't'.
+; In the other cases, it is a blank.
 ;
 ; @keyword DIGITSYEAR
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 ; information on %Z and %Y.
 ;
-; @keyword _EXTRA 
+; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; used to pass your keywords
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
 ; common.pro
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@
    tempsun = systime(1)         ; pour key_performance
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
-; Management of ticks of the time axis in the case of TEMPSMIN 
-; and TEMPSMAX are definied
+; Management of ticks of the time axis in the case of TEMPSMIN
+; and TEMPSMAX are defined
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
    divday = 0
@@ -94,5 +94,5 @@
           ymax-ymin+1 GT 10: BEGIN & freq = 2. & tminor = 4 & datfmt = '%M'+sep+fmtyr & end
           ELSE: BEGIN & freq = 1. & tminor = 4 & datfmt = '%M'+sep+fmtyr & end
-          ENDCASE 
+          ENDCASE
           nticks = ceil((ymax-ymin)/freq) + 2
           yminf = (floor(ymin/freq))*freq
@@ -174,5 +174,5 @@
           for mn = 0, nticks-1 do ticknom[mn] = julday(mmin, dmin, ymin, hmin, mnminf + freq*mn, 0, _EXTRA = ex)
           ticknom = ticknom[where(ticknom GE tempsmin AND ticknom LE tempsmax, nticks)]
-          datfmt = '%H:%I' 
+          datfmt = '%H:%I'
         END
 ; second base
@@ -201,13 +201,13 @@
       dummy = label_date(0, 0, 0, DATE_FORMAT = datfmt, _EXTRA = ex)
       if chkstru(ex, 'DATE_FORMAT') then ex.DATE_FORMAT = ''
-   ENDIF 
+   ENDIF
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
 ; Definition of axes parameters case by case
 ;--------------------------------------------------------------
    case coupe of
-      'pltv':BEGIN 
+      'pltv':BEGIN
         dtasize = tempsmin
          !x.range = [-0.5, dtasize[0] - 0.5]
-         !y.range = [-0.5, dtasize[1] - 0.5] 
+         !y.range = [-0.5, dtasize[1] - 0.5]
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range=reverse(!x.range)
          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=reverse(!y.range)
@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@
          !y.title = 'ny'
       END
-      'xy':BEGIN 
+      'xy':BEGIN
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range=[lon2,lon1] ELSE !x.range=[lon1,lon2]
          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=[lat2,lat1] ELSE !y.range=[lat1,lat2]
@@ -221,5 +221,5 @@
          IF key_onearth THEN !y.tickformat='lataxe'
       END
-      'yz':BEGIN 
+      'yz':BEGIN
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range=[lat2,lat1] ELSE !x.range=[lat1,lat2]
          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=[0, -1] ELSE !y.range = [-1, 0]
@@ -227,5 +227,5 @@
 ; number of ticks by default
             plot, [0], [0], /noerase, /nodata, xtick_get = xaxe
-; We increase this number to it be around 10 
+; We increase this number to it be around 10
             ticks = n_elements(xaxe)-1
             ticks = ticks*[1, 2, 4, 8]
@@ -241,5 +241,5 @@
          endif
       end
-      'xz':BEGIN 
+      'xz':BEGIN
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range=[lon2,lon1] ELSE !x.range=[lon1,lon2]
          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=[0, -1] ELSE !y.range = [-1, 0]
@@ -252,5 +252,5 @@
 ;          result = LABEL_DATE(DATE_FORMAT = '%M'+sep+fmtyr)
 ;          !y.tickformat='LABEL_DATE'
-         !y.tickname = LABEL_DATE(1, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex) 
+         !y.tickname = LABEL_DATE(1, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex)
          !y.ticklen=1.
          !y.gridstyle=2
@@ -266,5 +266,5 @@
          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=[lat2, lat1] ELSE !y.range=[lat1,lat2]
          IF key_onearth THEN !y.tickformat='lataxe'
-         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex) 
+         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex)
          !x.ticklen=1.
          !x.gridstyle=2
@@ -278,6 +278,6 @@
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range = [tempsmax,tempsmin]-tempsmin $
          ELSE !x.range=[tempsmin,tempsmax]-tempsmin
-         if vargrid EQ 'W' then gdep=gdepw[0:nzw-1] ELSE gdep=gdept[0:nzt-1] 
-         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex) 
+         if vargrid EQ 'W' then gdep=gdepw[0:nzw-1] ELSE gdep=gdept[0:nzt-1]
+         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex)
          !x.ticklen=1.
          !x.gridstyle=2
@@ -291,5 +291,5 @@
          if keyword_set(reverse_x) then !x.range = [tempsmax,tempsmin]-tempsmin $
          ELSE !x.range=[tempsmin,tempsmax]-tempsmin
-         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex) 
+         !x.tickname = LABEL_DATE(0, 0,ticknom,_EXTRA = ex)
          !x.ticklen=1.
          !x.gridstyle=2
@@ -308,5 +308,5 @@
 ; Number of ticks by default
             plot, [0], [0], /nodata, /noerase, xstyle = 5, ystyle = 5, xtick_get = xaxe
-; We increase this number to it be around 10 
+; We increase this number to it be around 10
             ticks = n_elements(xaxe)-1
             ticks = ticks*[1, 2, 4, 8]
@@ -324,10 +324,10 @@
       END
       'z' : begin
-;          if vargrid EQ 'W' then gdep=gdepw[0:nzw-1] ELSE gdep=gdept[0:nzt-1] 
+;          if vargrid EQ 'W' then gdep=gdepw[0:nzw-1] ELSE gdep=gdept[0:nzt-1]
 ;          if keyword_set(reverse_y) then !y.range=[gdep[0], gdep[n_elements(gdep)-1]] $
 ;          ELSE !y.range=[gdep[n_elements(gdep)-1], gdep[0]]
-      END 
+      END
    endcase
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps axe', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps axe', systime(1)-tempsun
    return
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/POSTSCRIPT/calibre.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/POSTSCRIPT/calibre.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/POSTSCRIPT/calibre.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,69 +4,68 @@
 ;+
 ; @file_comments
-; From a rapport of aspect and values (in line of character) of different margins, 
-; it calculate POSFENETRE and POSBAR which serve to place the drawing and the color 
-; bar thanks to !p.position on a leaf or a screen output whose the window has the same 
+; From a rapport of aspect and values (in line of character) of different margins,
+; it calculate POSFENETRE and POSBAR which serve to place the drawing and the color
+; bar thanks to !p.position on a leaf or a screen output whose the window has the same
 ; proportion.
 ;
-; @categories 
+; @categories
 ; Graphics
 ;
-; 
 ; @param RAPPORTYX {in}{required}
-; Scale rapport between the length of the y axis and the x one. For example, 
+; Scale rapport between the length of the y axis and the x one. For example,
 ; for an xy map: RAPPORTYX=(lat2-lat1)/(lon2-lon1)
 ;
 ; @param MARGE {in}{required}{type=vector}
-; Vector made of 4 elements containing the size of the left, right, up and 
+; Vector made of 4 elements containing the size of the left, right, up and
 ; bottom margin having to surround the graph. All is measured in lines of characters.
 ;
 ; @param MARGEBAR {in}{required}{type=vector}
-; Vector made of 4 elements containing the size of the left, right and bottom 
-; margin and -BEWARE- the last element is this time the position of the right up 
+; Vector made of 4 elements containing the size of the left, right and bottom
+; margin and -BEWARE- the last element is this time the position of the right up
 ; corner, having to surround the color bar. All is measured in lines of characters.
 ;
 ; @param SMALLDRAW {in}{required}{type=vector}
 ; 2 possibilities:
-;    It is vector made of 4 elements giving (in portrait or landscape) the position 
-; of the frame in which the drawing must go in. This position is given by coordinates 
-; of the 2 corners of the frame: in the left bottom and the right up. It is always 
-; (for a postscript or a screen output) express in cm, the origin being the 
+;    It is vector made of 4 elements giving (in portrait or landscape) the position
+; of the frame in which the drawing must go in. This position is given by coordinates
+; of the 2 corners of the frame: in the left bottom and the right up. It is always
+; (for a postscript or a screen output) express in cm, the origin being the
 ; left bottom corner.
-;    It is a vector made of 3 elements giving the number of column to be done in the 
-; drawing, the number of line and the number of the case the number have to occupy 
-; (see matlab). For example, to do 6 drawing in 3 columns and 2 lines and occupy 
+;    It is a vector made of 3 elements giving the number of column to be done in the
+; drawing, the number of line and the number of the case the number have to occupy
+; (see matlab). For example, to do 6 drawing in 3 columns and 2 lines and occupy
 ; the 4th case, small=[2,3,4]
 ;
 ; @keyword REMPLI
-; Force the drawing to occupy the biggest possible place defined by 
+; Force the drawing to occupy the biggest possible place defined by
 ; SMALLDRAW without respect the rapport y on x.
 ;
 ; @keyword YXASPECT
-; Force the rapport y on x to take the value RAPPORTYX*YXASPECT. 
+; Force the rapport y on x to take the value RAPPORTYX*YXASPECT.
 ; This keyword can be used in 2 cases:
-;   1) YXASPECT=1 : force RAPPORTYX to be respected otherwise, Calibre take the 
-;   initiative to change it a little in the case of the aspect rapport of SMALL 
-;   is too different of the one of SMALLDRAW. 
-;   2) YXASPECT=n : multiply by n the aspect rapport given by default. 
+;   1) YXASPECT=1 : force RAPPORTYX to be respected otherwise, Calibre take the
+;   initiative to change it a little in the case of the aspect rapport of SMALL
+;   is too different of the one of SMALLDRAW.
+;   2) YXASPECT=n : multiply by n the aspect rapport given by default.
 ;   For example in plt, RAPPORTYX is calculated to the reference be orthonormal,
 ;   to have a reference where the y axis is 2 time bigger than the x one, YXASPECT=2.
 ;	
-; @keyword PORTRAIT       
+; @keyword PORTRAIT
 ; Force the page or the window to be in standing position.
-; 
-; @keyword LANDSCAPE       
+;
+; @keyword LANDSCAPE
 ; Force the page or the window on the screen to be in lengthened position.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
 ;
 ; @param POSFENETRE {type=vector}
-; It is a vector made of 4 elements containing the position of the frame 
-; containing captions + the graph in normalized coordinates. 
-; Comment: to position the drawing, we have to do !p.position=POSFENETRE 
+; It is a vector made of 4 elements containing the position of the frame
+; containing captions + the graph in normalized coordinates.
+; Comment: to position the drawing, we have to do !p.position=POSFENETRE
 ; after the call of calibre.
 ;
 ; @param POSBAR {type=vector}
-; See POSFENTRE but for the color bar. Same comment to position the color bar, !p.position=POSBAR
+; See POSFENTERE but for the color bar. Same comment to position the color bar, !p.position=POSBAR
 ;
 ; @uses
@@ -103,5 +102,5 @@
    if keyword_set(landscape) then key_portrait=0
    if keyword_set(yxaspect) then begin
-      rapportyx=rapportyx*yxaspect 
+      rapportyx=rapportyx*yxaspect
       test2=0
    endif else begin
@@ -109,5 +108,5 @@
       test2=1
     ENDELSE
-; 
+;
     mipgsz = min(page_size, max = mapgsz)
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -133,6 +132,6 @@
       numlig = numero/nbrecol
       numcol = numero-numlig*nbrecol
-      bas = mipgsz*key_portrait+mapgsz*(1-key_portrait) 
-      cote = mapgsz*key_portrait+mipgsz*(1-key_portrait) 
+      bas = mipgsz*key_portrait+mapgsz*(1-key_portrait)
+      cote = mapgsz*key_portrait+mipgsz*(1-key_portrait)
       poscol = page_margins[0]+findgen(nbrecol+1)*(1.*(bas-(page_margins[0]+page_margins[1]))/nbrecol)
       poslig = cote-page_margins[3]-findgen(nbrelig+1)*(1.*(cote-(page_margins[2]+page_margins[3]))/nbrelig)
@@ -166,5 +165,5 @@
    else rapportmax=1.*(small-marge[2]-marge[0])/(big-marge[3]-marge[1])
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; If YXASPECT is not specified, we modify the value of RAPPORTYX 
+; If YXASPECT is not specified, we modify the value of RAPPORTYX
 ; to it match better with the leaf's proportions.
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -189,5 +188,5 @@
 ; in the case where we do a Landscape:
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if key_portrait eq 0 then begin       
+   if key_portrait eq 0 then begin
       if keyword_set(rempli) then begin
          xs=big
@@ -220,5 +219,5 @@
 ; In the case where we do a portrait:
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   else begin       
+   else begin
       if keyword_set(rempli) then begin
          xs=small
@@ -258,10 +257,10 @@
                       ,-margebar[1]/bas,(-ys+margebar[3])/cote ]
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps calibre', systime(1)-tempsun 
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps calibre', systime(1)-tempsun
 
   IF NOT keyword_set(key_forgetold) THEN BEGIN
    @updateold
-  ENDIF 
-  
+  ENDIF
+
    return
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STATISTICS/c_timecorrelate.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STATISTICS/c_timecorrelate.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STATISTICS/c_timecorrelate.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ;+
 ; @file_comments
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @categories
@@ -65,5 +65,5 @@
 ; This function computes the "time cross correlation" Pxy(L) or
 ; the "time cross covariance" between 2 arrays (this is some
-; kind of c_correlate but for multidimenstionals arrays) as a
+; kind of c_correlate but for multidimensional arrays) as a
 ; function of the lag (L).
 ;
@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword COVARIANCE
-; If set to a non-zero value, the sample cross 
+; If set to a non-zero value, the sample cross
 ; covariance is computed.
 ;
@@ -93,5 +93,5 @@
 ;
 ; @examples
-; 
+;
 ;       Define two n-element sample populations.
 ;         x = [3.73, 3.67, 3.77, 3.83, 4.67, 5.87, 6.70, 6.97, 6.40, 5.57]
@@ -108,5 +108,5 @@
 ;       - 01/03/2000 Sebastien Masson (smasson\@lodyc.jussieu.fr)
 ;       Based on the C_CORRELATE procedure of IDL
-;       - August 2003 Sebastien Masson 
+;       - August 2003 Sebastien Masson
 ;       update according to the update made in C_CORRELATE by
 ;       W. Biagiotti and available in IDL 5.5
@@ -122,5 +122,5 @@
 FUNCTION c_timecorrelate, X, Y, Lag, Covariance = Covariance, Double = Double
 
-;Compute the sample cross correlation or cross covariance of 
+;Compute the sample cross correlation or cross covariance of
 ;(Xt, Xt+l) and (Yt, Yt+l) as a function of the lag (l).
 
@@ -138,5 +138,5 @@
    if nt lt 2 then $
     MESSAGE, "Time dimension of X and Y arrays must contain 2 or more elements."
-   
+
 ;If the DOUBLE keyword is not set then the internal precision and
 ;result are identical to the type of input.
@@ -168,12 +168,12 @@
    if KEYWORD_SET(Covariance) eq 0 then begin ;Compute Cross  Crossation.
       for k = 0, nLag-1 do begin
-         if Lag[k] ge 0 then BEGIN 
+         if Lag[k] ge 0 then BEGIN
             case NDim of
                1: Cross[k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
                2: Cross[*, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
                3: Cross[*, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
-               4: Cross[*, *, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double) 
+               4: Cross[*, *, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
              endcase
-         ENDIF else BEGIN 
+         ENDIF else BEGIN
             case NDim of
                1: Cross[k] = TimeCross_Cov(Yd, Xd, ABS(Lag[k]), nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
@@ -182,5 +182,5 @@
                4: Cross[*, *, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Yd, Xd, ABS(Lag[k]), nT, Ndim, Double = Double)
              endcase
-         ENDELSE 
+         ENDELSE
        ENDFOR
        div = sqrt(TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Xd, 0L, nT, Ndim, Double = Double, /zero2nan) * $
@@ -196,5 +196,5 @@
                4: Cross[*, *, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(Xd, Yd, Lag[k], nT, Ndim, Double = Double) / nT
             ENDCASE
-         ENDIF else BEGIN 
+         ENDIF else BEGIN
             case NDim of
                1: Cross[k] = TimeCross_Cov(yd, xd, ABS(Lag[k]), nT, Ndim, Double = Double) / nT
@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@
                4: Cross[*, *, *, k] = TimeCross_Cov(yd, xd, ABS(Lag[k]), nT, Ndim, Double = Double) / nT
             ENDCASE
-         ENDELSE 
+         ENDELSE
       endfor
    endelse
@@ -210,3 +210,3 @@
 
 END
-  
+
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/getfile.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/getfile.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/getfile.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -77,5 +77,5 @@
           file = file[0]
           if file EQ 'NOT FOUND' then begin
-            print, ' Error in getfile: File '+filein+' not fouond.'
+            print, ' Error in getfile: File '+filein+' not found.'
             return, -1
           endif
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/str_size.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/str_size.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/str_size.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@
 ; the target width.
 ;
-; @keyword INITSIZE {default=1.0}  
+; @keyword INITSIZE {default=1.0}
 ; This is the initial size of the string. Default is 1.0.
 ;
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@
 ; of the interactive process of calculating the string size.
 ;
-; @returns 
+; @returns
 ; thisCharSize. This is the size the specified string should be set
 ; to if you want to produce output of the specified target
@@ -45,5 +45,5 @@
 ; Written by: David Fanning, 17 DEC 96.
 ; Added a scaling factor to take into account the aspect ratio
-; of the window in determing the character size. 28 Oct 97. DWF
+; of the window in determining the character size. 28 Oct 97. DWF
 ;
 ; @version
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/strtok.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/strtok.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRING/strtok.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@
 ; @file_comments
 ; Retrieve portion of string up to token.
-; 
+;
 ; @categories
 ; String
@@ -10,14 +10,14 @@
 ; @param STRING {in}{required}
 ; String to be split. Contains text after in, out token on output.
-; 
+;
 ; @param TOKEN {in}{required}
-; Token to use in splitting old.       
+; Token to use in splitting old.
 ;
-; @keyword TRIM 
+; @keyword TRIM
 ; set to remove leading blanks from old before returning.
 ;
 ; @keyword HELP
 ; print useful message and exit.
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
 ; new   -- portion of string up to token.              out
@@ -28,5 +28,5 @@
 ; Token may be one or more characters.
 ; if token is not found, returns old and sets old to ''.
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
 ;       If old is 'foo44 bar', then strtok( old, '44' ) would return
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@
 ;  Copyright (C) 1996 The Regents of the University of California, All
 ;  Rights Reserved.  Written by Matthew W. Craig.
-;  See the file COPYRIGHT for restrictions on distrubting this code.
+;  See the file COPYRIGHT for restrictions on distributing this code.
 ;  This code comes with absolutely NO warranty; see DISCLAIMER for details.
 ;
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@
     On_error, 2
 
-    IF (n_params() NE 2) OR keyword_set(Help) THEN BEGIN 
+    IF (n_params() NE 2) OR keyword_set(Help) THEN BEGIN
         offset = '   '
         print, offset+'Retrieve portion of string up to token.'
@@ -102,19 +102,19 @@
         print, offset+offset+"  new='xyz' and old=''."
         return, -1
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
 
     pos = strpos(string, token)
 
     IF (pos GE 0) THEN BEGIN
-        front = strmid(string, 0, pos) 
+        front = strmid(string, 0, pos)
         string = strmid(string, pos + strlen(token), strlen(string))
         IF keyword_set(trim) THEN string = strtrim(string, 1)
         return, front
     ENDIF
-    
+
     front = string
     string = ''
     return, front
-    
+
 END
 
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/extractstru.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/extractstru.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/extractstru.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@
 ;
 ; @param LISTE {in}{required}{type=vector}
-; A vector of string including names of STRU to be deleted 
+; A vector of string including names of STRU to be deleted
 ; (by default) or to be kept (if KEEP is activated).
 ;
@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
-; 
+;
 ;-
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -59,5 +59,5 @@
    if size(stru, /type) NE 8 then return,  -1
    if size(liste, /type) NE 7 then return,  -1
-; cheking for keep and vire keywords
+; checking for keep and vire keywords
    keep = keyword_set(keep)*(1-keyword_set(delete))
    delete = keyword_set(delete)*(1-keyword_set(keep)) +(keyword_set(delete) EQ keep)
@@ -80,5 +80,5 @@
       if n_elements(index) GT 1 then for i = 1, n_elements(index)-1 do $
             res = create_struct(res, tname[index[i]], stru.(index[i]))
-   ENDELSE 
+   ENDELSE
 
    return, res
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/struct2string.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/struct2string.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/STRUCTURE/struct2string.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;+
-; 
+;
 ; @file_comments
 ; Convert a structure to an "executable string"
@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Utilities
-; 
+;
 ; @param STRUCT {in}{required}
 ; A structure
@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@
 ; @keyword MAX_STRUCT_LENGTH {default=10000l}
 ; The maximum length of the structure
-; permetted to convert the structure to string.
+; permitted to convert the structure to string.
 ;
 ; @keyword DIRECT2STRING
@@ -31,5 +31,5 @@
 ;      create_struct('NAME','X','X_SIZE',891,'Y_SIZE',630,'X_VSIZE'
 ;      ,891,'Y_VSIZE',630,'X_CH_SIZE',6,'Y_CH_SIZE',10,'X_PX_CM'
-;      ,40.0000,'Y_PX_CM',40.0000,'N_COLORS',16777216,'TABLE_SIZE' 
+;      ,40.0000,'Y_PX_CM',40.0000,'N_COLORS',16777216,'TABLE_SIZE'
 ;      ,256,'FILL_DIST',1,'WINDOW',32,'UNIT',0,'FLAGS',328124,'ORIGIN'
 ;      ,[0,0],'ZOOM',[1,1])
@@ -46,5 +46,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-FUNCTION struct2string, struct, CUT_IN_STRING = cut_in_string, MAX_STRUCT_LENGTH = max_struct_length, DIRECT2STRING = direct2string 
+FUNCTION struct2string, struct, CUT_IN_STRING = cut_in_string, MAX_STRUCT_LENGTH = max_struct_length, DIRECT2STRING = direct2string
 ;
   compile_opt idl2, strictarrsubs
@@ -65,5 +65,5 @@
             endfor
          endif
-         
+
       END
       keyword_set(CUT_IN_STRING):BEGIN
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/ciseauxtri.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/ciseauxtri.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/ciseauxtri.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -3,18 +3,18 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;+
-; @file_comments 
+; @file_comments
 ; Delete arrays which do not have to be drawn thanks to 2 tests:
 ;     1) Corners of the array must be in the window
-;     2) Lengthes of side of triangles expressed in normalized 
-;        coordinates must not surpass a sill length. 
+;     2) Lengthes of side of triangles expressed in normalized
+;        coordinates must not surpass a sill length.
 ;
 ; @categories
 ;
 ; @param TRIANG
-; 
-; @param GLAM 
-;
-; @param GPHI 
-; 
+;
+; @param GLAM
+;
+; @param GPHI
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords.
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@
 ; @version
 ; $Id$
-; 
+;
 ;-
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@
 
    tempdeux = systime(1)        ; For key_performance =2
-   z = convert_coord(glam[*],gphi[*],/data,/to_normal) 
+   z = convert_coord(glam[*],gphi[*],/data,/to_normal)
    x = z[0, *]
    y = z[1, *]
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@
     print, 'temps ciseauxtri: convert_coord data to_normal', systime(1)-tempdeux
 ;
-; Beware, following the projection, some points x or y can become NaN 
-; (see points behind the Earth in an orthographic projection). 
+; Beware, following the projection, some points x or y can become NaN
+; (see points behind the Earth in an orthographic projection).
 ; In this case, we have to remove all triangle which contain one of these points.
 ;
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
       testy = abs(temporary(ytri)) GT ((!p.position[3]-!p.position[1])/seuil)
       testy = total(temporary(testy), 1)
-; 
+;
       test = temporary(testx)+temporary(testy)
-      ind=where(temporary(test) EQ 0) 
+      ind=where(temporary(test) EQ 0)
 ;
       IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@
    if keyword_set(trichanged) then BEGIN
 ;
-; We have to check that triangles we keep do not form a triangulation 
-; in which 2 triangles have a common summit without have a common side. 
-;
-; We constitute the list of rectangles we want to keep (we keep every 
+; We have to check that triangles we keep do not form a triangulation
+; in which 2 triangles have a common summit without have a common side.
+;
+; We constitute the list of rectangles we want to keep (we keep every
 ; rectangle containing a triangle)
 ;
@@ -155,5 +155,5 @@
 ; last summit are those of the diagonale of the rectangle defined by
 ; the mesh size. To find from which rectangle a triangle comes, we look
-; for the min of the index folowing x and following y of each triangle.
+; for the min of the index following x and following y of each triangle.
 ; Then we go by again this indexion following x and y in an indexion
 ; following nx*ny/
@@ -166,17 +166,17 @@
       indxtriang2 = triang[2, *]-nx*(triang[2, *]/nx)
       indxmin = indxtriang0 < indxtriang2
-; Beware in the case where the grid is periodic and where we have all points 
-; following x, triangles which assure the periodicity in x have indexes 
-; following x which are 0 and nx-1. They belong to rectangles of the column 
+; Beware in the case where the grid is periodic and where we have all points
+; following x, triangles which assure the periodicity in x have indexes
+; following x which are 0 and nx-1. They belong to rectangles of the column
 ; nx-1 and not to column 0.
       if keyword_set(key_periodic) AND nx EQ jpi then BEGIN
       indxmax = indxtriang0 > indxtriang2
       indxtriang = indxmin + (nx-1)*(indxmin EQ 0 AND indxmax EQ (nx-1))
-      ENDIF ELSE indxtriang = indxmin 
+      ENDIF ELSE indxtriang = indxmin
       listrect = nx*indytriang+indxtriang
       IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
        print, 'temps ciseauxtri: liste des rectangles', systime(1)-tempdeux
 ;
-; Now we have this list, we will make sure that we do not have triangles 
+; Now we have this list, we will make sure that we do not have triangles
 ; with only a common summit.
 ;
@@ -195,5 +195,5 @@
                          *shift(test, 0, -1)*shift(test, -1, 0)) EQ 1)
 ; We delete the top rectangle (same x index but equal to 1)
-         if vire2[0] NE -1 THEN test[vire2+nx] = 0 
+         if vire2[0] NE -1 THEN test[vire2+nx] = 0
       ENDWHILE
 ;stop
@@ -202,5 +202,5 @@
       avirer = where(temporary(test) EQ 0)
       IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
-       print, 'temps ciseauxtri: determinationdes rectangles a virer', systime(1)-tempdeux
+       print, 'temps ciseauxtri: determination des rectangles a virer', systime(1)-tempdeux
 ;
       if avirer[0] NE -1 then begin
@@ -208,5 +208,5 @@
       indnx = n_elements(listrect)
       indny = n_elements(avirer)
-      ind = listrect[*]#replicate(1l, indny) 
+      ind = listrect[*]#replicate(1l, indny)
       ind = ind EQ replicate(1, indnx)#avirer[*]
       if indny GT 1 then ind = total(ind, 2)
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
        print, 'temps ciseauxtri: derniere retouche de la triangulation', systime(1)-tempdeux
    endif
-;    
-;
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps ciseauxtri', systime(1)-tempsun 
+;
+;
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps ciseauxtri', systime(1)-tempsun
 ;
    return,  triang
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/drawcoast_e.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/drawcoast_e.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/drawcoast_e.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,19 +5,19 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @param MASK
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @param XF
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @param YF
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @param NX
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @param NY
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword COAST_COLOR {default=0}
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword XSEUIL {default=5}
-; To eliminate segments of coasts which are to big (which link points which can 
-; be close on the sphere but distant on the drawing). We delete all segments 
+; To eliminate segments of coasts which are to big (which link points which can
+; be close on the sphere but distant on the drawing). We delete all segments
 ; whose the size surpass the size of the window following X/XSEUIL.
-; But it can be to big if we do a big zoom or a little one for some 
+; But it can be to big if we do a big zoom or a little one for some
 ; projections... We specify it the keyword thanks to this keyword!
 ;
@@ -40,25 +40,25 @@
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass our keywords
-;  
+;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+;
+; @version
 ;
 ; @todo
 ; Seb: remplir le header
-; 
+;
 ;-
 
@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@
    if NOT keyword_set(xseuil) then xseuil = 5. < (min([nx, ny])-2)
    distanceseuil = (!p.position[2]-!p.position[0])/xseuil
-; liste: liste des points i pourlesquels on va tracer un segment 
+; liste: liste des points i pour lesquels on va tracer un segment
    index = lindgen(nx, ny)
    index = index[0:nx-2, 1:ny-1]
@@ -107,5 +107,5 @@
    if NOT keyword_set(xseuil) then xseuil = 5. < (min([nx, ny])-2)
    distanceseuil = (!p.position[2]-!p.position[0])/xseuil
-; liste: liste des points i pourlesquels on va tracer un segment 
+; liste: liste des points i pour lesquels on va tracer un segment
    index = lindgen(nx, ny-1)
    index = index[0:nx-2, *]
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/tracemask.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/tracemask.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/tracemask.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -9,11 +9,11 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Utilities
-; 
+;
 ; @param MASKENTREE {in}{required}
 ; 2d array specifying the mask
-; 
+;
 ; @param XIN {in}{required},
 ; 2d array specifying longitude coordinates.
-; 
+;
 ; @param YIN {in}{required},
 ; 2d array specifying latitude coordinates.
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@
 @updatekwd
   ENDIF
-;--------------------------------------------------------- 
+;---------------------------------------------------------
    tempsun = systime(1)         ; For key_performance
 ; We avoid edging problems:
@@ -82,5 +82,5 @@
 ; we sill
    xentree = xrange[0] > xentree < xrange[1]
-; we enlarge the array 
+; we enlarge the array
    xf = fltarr(nx, ny)
    xf[1:nx-1, 1:ny-1] = xentree
@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@
    yrange = !y.range[sort(!y.range)]
    yentree = .5*(yentree+shift(yentree, 0, -1))
-   IF not keyword_set(overplot) THEN BEGIN 
+   IF not keyword_set(overplot) THEN BEGIN
       if yinverse then yentree[*, ny-2] = yrange[0] ELSE yentree[*, ny-2] = yrange[1]
    ENDIF ELSE yentree[*, ny-2] = yentree[*, ny-3]
@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@
    yf[1:nx-1, 1:ny-1] = yentree
    yf[0, 1:ny-1] = yentree[0, *]
-   IF not keyword_set(overplot) THEN BEGIN 
+   IF not keyword_set(overplot) THEN BEGIN
       if yinverse then yf[*, 0] = yrange[1] ELSE yf[*, 0] = yrange[0]
    ENDIF ELSE yentree[*, 0] = yentree[*, 1]
@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@
 ; We recuperate lx and ly which are indexes in a 2d array of points given by list
       ly = liste/nx & lx = temporary(liste)-nx*ly
-      indice = where(ly NE 0) ; We do not take points concernining 
-; the first line because in this case, the point j-1 is not defined 
+      indice = where(ly NE 0) ; We do not take points concerning
+; the first line because in this case, the point j-1 is not defined
       if indice[0] NE -1 then begin
          lx = lx[indice] & ly = ly[temporary(indice)]
@@ -122,5 +122,5 @@
 ; loop on concerned points and drawing of the segment.
 ; comments: we use plots instead of plot because plots is faster.
-         for pt = 0L, n_elements(lx)-1 do BEGIN 
+         for pt = 0L, n_elements(lx)-1 do BEGIN
             i = lx[pt] & j = ly[pt]
             plots, [xf[i, j-1], xf[i, j]], [yf[i, j-1], yf[i, j]] $
@@ -146,5 +146,5 @@
        print, 'temps tracemask: liste traits horizontaux', systime(1)-tempdeux
       tempdeux = systime(1)     ; For key_performance =2
-      for pt = 0L, n_elements(lx)-1 do BEGIN 
+      for pt = 0L, n_elements(lx)-1 do BEGIN
          i = lx[pt] & j = ly[pt]
          plots, [xf[i-1, j], xf[i, j]], [yf[i-1, j], yf[i, j]] $
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@
 ;
 ;
-   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps tracemask', systime(1)-tempsun 
-   
+   if keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps tracemask', systime(1)-tempsun
+
    return
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/triangule_c.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/triangule_c.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/TRIANGULATION/triangule_c.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
 ; Construct the triangulation array.
 ;
-; The idea is: construct a list of triangle which link points between them. 
+; The idea is: construct a list of triangle which link points between them.
 ; This is automatically done by the function TRIANGULATE
 ;  Here:
-; we consider the fact that points are disposed on a grid (regular or not, 
-; but not unstructured, that is to say that points are written following a 
-; rectangular matrix). A easy way to do triangles between all points is then: 
+; we consider the fact that points are disposed on a grid (regular or not,
+; but not unstructured, that is to say that points are written following a
+; rectangular matrix). A easy way to do triangles between all points is then:
 ;
 ;     for each point (i,j) of the matrix -except those of the last line and of
@@ -22,15 +22,15 @@
 ; drawing to make sure!!), so there are two possible choice for each rectangle
 ; we want to cut in 2 triangles...
-; 
+;
 ; It is thanks to this choice that we will be able to trace coast with right
 ; angles. At each angle of coast remarkable by the existence of an unique land
 ; point or of an unique ocean point on one of the four summit of a rectangle (i,j),
 ; we have to cut the rectangle following the diagonal passing by this point.
-; 
+;
 ; @categories
 ; Graphics
 ;
 ; @param MASKENTREE {in}{optional}{type=2d array}
-; It is a 2d array which will serve to mask the field we will trace after with CONTOUR, 
+; It is a 2d array which will serve to mask the field we will trace after with CONTOUR,
 ; ...TRIANGULATION=triangule(mask)
 ; If this argument is not specified, the function use tmask
@@ -43,6 +43,6 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword COINMONTE {type=array}
-; To obtain the array of "ascending land corner" to be treated with 
-; completecointerre.pro in the variable array instead of make it pass by the global 
+; To obtain the array of "ascending land corner" to be treated with
+; completecointerre.pro in the variable array instead of make it pass by the global
 ; variable twin_corners_up.
 ;
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@
 ; @returns
 ; res: tableau 2d (3,nbre de triangles).
-; Each line of res represent indexes of points constituting summits of a triangle. 
+; Each line of res represent indexes of points constituting summits of a triangle.
 ; See how we trace triangles in definetri.pro
 ;
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@
 ;
 ; @restrictions
-; Datas whose we want to do the contour must be disposed in a matrix. 
-; On the other hand, in the matrix, the points's arrangement can not be 
+; Datas whose we want to do the contour must be disposed in a matrix.
+; On the other hand, in the matrix, the points's arrangement can not be
 ; irregular. If it is, use TRIANGULE.
 ;
@@ -73,5 +73,5 @@
 ;
 ; @todo
-; seb L.267->268 je ne pense pas que ce soit ce que tu voulais dire mais 
+; seb L.267->268 je ne pense pas que ce soit ce que tu voulais dire mais
 ; c'est la traduction de ce qu'il y avait écrit. Correction si besoin.
 ;-
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 if keyword_set(key_periodic)*(nx EQ jpi) $
-  AND NOT keyword_set(basic) then BEGIN 
+  AND NOT keyword_set(basic) then BEGIN
     msk = [msk, msk[0, *]]
     nx = nx+1
 ENDIF
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; We will find the list of rectangles (i,j)(located by their left 
-; bottom corner) we have to cut folowing a descendant diagonal. 
+; We will find the list of rectangles (i,j)(located by their left
+; bottom corner) we have to cut following a descendant diagonal.
 ; We will call this list : pts_downward
-; 
+;
 pts_downward = 0
 
@@ -164,5 +164,5 @@
 ENDIF
 ;
-if n_elements(pts_downward) EQ 1 then BEGIN 
+if n_elements(pts_downward) EQ 1 then BEGIN
     tempdeux = systime(1)       ; For key_performance =2
 ;
@@ -173,13 +173,13 @@
     coinmont = -1
     coindesc = -1
-ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     tempdeux = systime(1)       ; For key_performance =2
     pts_downward = pts_downward[1:n_elements(pts_downward)-1]
     pts_downward = pts_downward[uniq(pts_downward, sort(pts_downward))]
-; None rectangle can have an element of the last column or of the 
+; None rectangle can have an element of the last column or of the
 ; last line as left bottom corner.
 ; so we have to remove these points if they has been selected in pts_downward.
-    derniere_colonne = (lindgen(ny)+1)*nx-1 
-    derniere_ligne = lindgen(nx)+(ny-1)*nx 
+    derniere_colonne = (lindgen(ny)+1)*nx-1
+    derniere_ligne = lindgen(nx)+(ny-1)*nx
     pts_downward =different(pts_downward,derniere_colonne )
     pts_downward =different(pts_downward,derniere_ligne )
@@ -193,8 +193,8 @@
             coindesc =different(coindesc,derniere_ligne )
         endif
-    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
         coinmont = -1
         coindesc = -1
-    ENDELSE 
+    ENDELSE
     IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
       print, 'temps triangule: menage ds pts_downward coinmont et coindesc', systime(1)-tempdeux
@@ -205,10 +205,10 @@
     IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
       print, 'temps triangule: definetri', systime(1)-tempdeux
-ENDELSE 
+ENDELSE
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ; We delete land points which only contain land points.
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;
-;  
+;
 if (NOT keyword_set(basic)) AND (NOT keyword_set(keep_cont)) then begin
     tempdeux = systime(1)       ; For key_performance =2
@@ -224,5 +224,5 @@
     trimask = intarr(nx, ny)
     trimask[0:nx-2, 0:ny-2] = 1
-    IF recdsterre[0] NE -1 then BEGIN 
+    IF recdsterre[0] NE -1 then BEGIN
         tempdeux = systime(1)   ; For key_performance =2
         indice[recdsterre] = 1
@@ -231,16 +231,16 @@
             vire2 = 0
             while (vire1[0] NE -1 OR vire2[0] NE -1) ne 0 do begin
-; Delete rectangles we have to remove from recsterre (in fact those we have 
-; to keep although they ar eentirely in the land).
+; Delete rectangles we have to remove from recsterre (in fact those we have
+; to keep although they are entirely in the land).
                 vire1 = where( (indice*shift(indice, -1, -1) $
                                 *(1-shift(indice, 0, -1))*(1-shift(indice, -1, 0))*trimask) EQ 1)
-                if vire1[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN 
+                if vire1[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
                     indice[vire1] = 0
 ;               indice[vire1+nx+1] = 0
                 endif
-                
+
                 vire2 = where( ((1-indice)*(1-shift(indice, -1, -1)) $
                                 *shift(indice, 0, -1)*shift(indice, -1, 0)*trimask) EQ 1)
-                if vire2[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN 
+                if vire2[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
                     indice[vire2+1] = 0
 ;               indice[vire2+nx] = 0
@@ -259,5 +259,5 @@
         trigarde = transpose(temporary(trigarde))
         trigarde = [trigarde, trigarde+1]
-; 
+;
         triang = triang[*, temporary(trigarde[*])]
         IF testvar(var = key_performance) EQ 2 THEN $
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@
     endif
 endif
-; print, 'temps tri triangles', systime(1)-t1 
-;------------------------------------------------------------
-; When key_periodic equal 1, triang is a list of indexes's array which 
+; print, 'temps tri triangles', systime(1)-t1
+;------------------------------------------------------------
+; When key_periodic equal 1, triang is a list of indexes's array which
 ; have a surplus column.
-; We have to put it back to the initial matrix by putting indexes of 
+; We have to put it back to the initial matrix by putting indexes of
 ; the last column equal to these of the last column...
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 tempdeux = systime(1)           ; For key_performance =2
 if keyword_set(key_periodic)*(nx-1 EQ jpi) $
-  AND NOT keyword_set(basic) then BEGIN 
+  AND NOT keyword_set(basic) then BEGIN
     indicey = triang/nx
     indicex = triang-indicey*nx
@@ -310,9 +310,9 @@
 IF NOT keyword_set(key_forgetold) THEN BEGIN
    @updateold
-ENDIF 
-
-IF keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps triangule', systime(1)-tempsun 
+ENDIF
+
+IF keyword_set(key_performance) THEN print, 'temps triangule', systime(1)-tempsun
 
 return, triang
 
-END 
+END
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/buildcmd.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/buildcmd.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/buildcmd.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@
 ;
 ; @file_comments
-; This function send back a string which contain the reading command 
+; This function send back a string which contain the reading command
 ; and drawing's parameters.
 ;
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword BOXZOOM
-; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map. 
-; If BOXZOOM has : 
+; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map.
+; If BOXZOOM has :
 ;   1 element : The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0.,boxzoom[0]]
 ;   2 elements: The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, boxzoom[0],boxzoom[1]]
 ;   4 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom, 0, max([gdept, gdepw])]
 ;   5 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom[0:3], 0, Boxzoom[4]]
-;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom 
+;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom
 ; Where lon1, lon2,lat1,lat2 are global variables defined at the last domdef!
 ;
@@ -54,5 +54,5 @@
   numdessinout = smallout[2]-1
 ;
-  options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+  options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
   optionsflag = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
   portrait = (strtrim(optionsflag[where(options EQ 'Portrait/Landscape'), 0], 1))[0]
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@
 ;  Search of options
 ;
-  options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+  options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
   optionsflag = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
   flags = optionsflag[*, numdessinin]
@@ -133,5 +133,5 @@
   widcmd =  strtrim(widcmd, 2)
   IF widcmd[0] EQ '' THEN widcmd = 'zzz'
-  
+
   cutcmd, widcmd[0], toread, numberofread, prefix, nameexp, ending
 ;
@@ -158,5 +158,5 @@
 ; we complet the reading command
         oldrdcmd = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'currentreadcmd')
-        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd) 
+        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd)
         oldrdcmd[nl-1] = oldrdcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
         readcmd[i] = prefix + readcmd[i]
@@ -164,5 +164,5 @@
       ENDELSE
 ; exit if we have to read other fields...
-      if alreadyread+1 NE numberofread-1 THEN BEGIN 
+      if alreadyread+1 NE numberofread-1 THEN BEGIN
         *top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'currentreadcmd')] = readcmd
         *top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'alreadyread')] = alreadyread+1
@@ -171,6 +171,6 @@
       ENDIF
 ; we finalize the reading command
-      IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN 
-        nl = n_elements(readcmd) 
+      IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN
+        nl = n_elements(readcmd)
         readcmd[nl-1] = readcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
         readcmd = [temporary(readcmd), ending]
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@
       tgnm = strlowcase(tag_names(exextra))
       indtmp = where(tgnm EQ 'box' OR tgnm EQ 'boxzoom', cnt)
-      IF cnt EQ 1 THEN BEGIN 
+      IF cnt EQ 1 THEN BEGIN
         boxextra = exextra.(indtmp[0])
         exextra = extractstru(exextra, ['box', 'boxzoom'])
-      ENDIF 
+      ENDIF
       extra =  mixstru(exextra, extra)
       sextra = struct2string(extra)
@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@
     'vector':BEGIN
 ; for the vectors, there is 2 components. we read u when alreadyvector
-; is a interger and v when alreadyvector is a interger+0.5
+; is a integer and v when alreadyvector is a integer+0.5
       if floor(alreadyvector)+1 EQ 0 then begin
         if floor(alreadyvector) EQ alreadyvector then begin
@@ -226,5 +226,5 @@
       ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
         oldrdcmd = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'currentreadcmd')
-        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd) 
+        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd)
         oldrdcmd[nl-1] = oldrdcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
         readcmd[i] = prefix + readcmd[i]
@@ -235,6 +235,6 @@
         numberofread-1:BEGIN
 ; we finalize the reading command
-          IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN 
-            nl = n_elements(readcmd) 
+          IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN
+            nl = n_elements(readcmd)
             readcmd[nl-1] = readcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
             readcmd = [temporary(readcmd), ending]
@@ -252,6 +252,6 @@
         numberofread-0.5:BEGIN
 ; we finalize the reading command
-          IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN 
-            nl = n_elements(readcmd) 
+          IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN
+            nl = n_elements(readcmd)
             readcmd[nl-1] = readcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
             readcmd = [temporary(readcmd), ending]
@@ -301,5 +301,5 @@
       ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
         oldrdcmd = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'currentreadcmd')
-        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd) 
+        nl = n_elements(oldrdcmd)
         oldrdcmd[nl-1] = oldrdcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
         readcmd[i] = prefix + readcmd[i]
@@ -307,5 +307,5 @@
       ENDELSE
 ;
-      if alreadyover+1 NE numberofread-1 THEN BEGIN 
+      if alreadyover+1 NE numberofread-1 THEN BEGIN
 ; we still need to read some files...
         *top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'currentreadcmd')] = readcmd
@@ -315,6 +315,6 @@
       ENDIF
 ; we finalize the reading command
-      IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN 
-        nl = n_elements(readcmd) 
+      IF ending NE '' THEN BEGIN
+        nl = n_elements(readcmd)
         readcmd[nl-1] = readcmd[nl-1] + ' $'
         readcmd = [temporary(readcmd), ending]
@@ -362,5 +362,5 @@
 ; For [plots in z, box must have by default 0,profmax
   if strpos(type, 'z') NE -1 then BEGIN
-; If more than 1 level is selected: 
+; If more than 1 level is selected:
     widget_control, widget_info(base, find_by_uname = 'dthlv1'), get_value = niv1
     niv1 = niv1.combobox_index
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/identifyclick.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/identifyclick.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/identifyclick.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@
 ; t/3/0 End of the double click
       thisEvent EQ 'WIDGET_TIMER' AND uval.click EQ 3 AND press EQ 0:uval.click = 0
-; Imposible case in theory:
+; Impossible case in theory:
       ELSE:BEGIN
          print, thisEvent, uval.click, press
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/scanfile.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/scanfile.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/scanfile.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @param NAMEFILE
 ;
-; 
 ; @keyword GRID {default='T'}{type=scalar string}
 ; Used to specify on which grid type are located the data
@@ -14,26 +13,21 @@
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords to isafile and ncdf_getaxis
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
 ; @todo
 ; seb : I don't know what to do with that...
-; 
+;
 ;-
 ;
@@ -49,5 +43,5 @@
 ;       dont les noms sont 'x','lon...','xi_...' et 'y','lat...' ou
 ;       'eta_...' ou bien en majuscule.
-;       4) il doit exiter ds ce fichier une unique variable n''ayant
+;       4) il doit exister ds ce fichier une unique variable n''ayant
 ;       qu''une dimension et etant la dimension temporelle. cette
 ;       variable sera prise comme axe des temps. Rq: si plusieurs
@@ -55,10 +49,10 @@
 ;       variable
 ;       5) Cette variable axe des temps doit contenir l''attribut
-;       'units'qui doit etre ecrit suivant la syntaxe:
-;               "seconds since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" 
-;               "hours since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" 
-;               "days since 1979-01-01 00:59:59" 
-;               "months since 1979-01-01 00:59:59" 
-;               "years since 1979-01-01 00:59:59" 
+;       'units' qui doit etre ecrit suivant la syntaxe:
+;               "seconds since 0001-01-01 00:00:00"
+;               "hours since 0001-01-01 00:00:00"
+;               "days since 1979-01-01 00:59:59"
+;               "months since 1979-01-01 00:59:59"
+;               "years since 1979-01-01 00:59:59"
 ;
 ; je crois que c''est tout!
@@ -93,5 +87,5 @@
   namedim = strarr(inside.ndims)
   for dimiq = 0, inside.ndims-1 do begin
-    ncdf_diminq, cdfid, dimiq, tmpname, value 
+    ncdf_diminq, cdfid, dimiq, tmpname, value
     namedim[dimiq] = strlowcase(tmpname)
   ENDFOR
@@ -110,5 +104,5 @@
        (inter(invar.dim, dimidy))[0] NE -1 AND $
        ((where(invar.dim EQ inside.recdim))[0] NE -1 OR inside.recdim EQ -1) $
-    THEN namevar[varid] = invar.name 
+    THEN namevar[varid] = invar.name
   ENDFOR
   namevar = namevar[where(namevar NE '')]
@@ -135,9 +129,9 @@
         tmpnm[0] EQ 'xi_u'   AND tmpnm[1] EQ 'eta_rho':listgrid[i] = 'U'
         tmpnm[0] EQ 'xi_u'   AND tmpnm[1] EQ 'eta_v'  :listgrid[i] = 'F'
-        ELSE: 
-      ENDCASE 
+        ELSE:
+      ENDCASE
     ENDFOR
     empty = where(listgrid EQ '')
-    IF empty[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN   
+    IF empty[0] NE -1 THEN BEGIN
 ; could we define the grid type from the file name??
       pattern = ['GRID.', 'GRID_', 'GRID', 'UPID_', '30ID_']
@@ -153,5 +147,5 @@
       ENDFOR
       listgrid[empty] = vargrid
-    ENDIF 
+    ENDIF
   ENDIF ELSE listgrid[*] = vargrid
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -159,5 +153,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   date0fk = date2jul(19000101)
-  IF inside.recdim EQ -1 THEN BEGIN 
+  IF inside.recdim EQ -1 THEN BEGIN
     jpt = 1
     time = date0fk
@@ -170,6 +164,6 @@
     repeat BEGIN
       IF varid LT inside.nvars THEN BEGIN
-        invar = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, varid) 
-        varid = varid+1        
+        invar = ncdf_varinq(cdfid, varid)
+        varid = varid+1
       ENDIF ELSE varid = 0
     endrep until (n_elements(invar.dim) EQ 1 AND invar.dim[0] EQ inside.recdim) OR (varid EQ 0)
@@ -177,10 +171,10 @@
 ;
     CASE 1 OF
-      varid EQ -1:BEGIN 
+      varid EQ -1:BEGIN
         dummy = report('the file '+fullname+' has no time axis.!C we create a fake calendar ...')
         fakecal = 1
         time = date0fk + lindgen(1>jpt)
       END
-      invar.natts EQ 0:BEGIN 
+      invar.natts EQ 0:BEGIN
         dummy = report('the variable '+invar.name+' has no attribut.!C we create a fake calendar ...')
         fakecal = 1
@@ -197,5 +191,5 @@
           fakecal = 1
           time = date0fk + lindgen(1>jpt)
-        ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+        ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ; we read the time axis
           ncdf_varget, cdfid, varid, time
@@ -223,8 +217,8 @@
             err = 1
           ENDIF
-          IF err GT 0 THEN BEGIN 
+          IF err GT 0 THEN BEGIN
             fakecal = 1
             time = date0fk + lindgen(1>jpt)
-          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
             debut = str_sep(mots[2], '-')
 ;
@@ -241,10 +235,10 @@
                 'greg':IF n_elements(key_caltype) EQ 0 THEN key_caltype = 'greg'
                 ELSE:BEGIN
-;            notused = report('Unknown calendar: '+value+', we use greg calendar.') 
+;            notused = report('Unknown calendar: '+value+', we use greg calendar.')
                   key_caltype = 'greg'
                 END
               ENDCASE
             ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-;        notused = report('Unknown calendar, we use '+key_caltype+' calendar.') 
+;        notused = report('Unknown calendar, we use '+key_caltype+' calendar.')
               IF n_elements(key_caltype) EQ 0 THEN key_caltype = 'greg'
             ENDELSE
@@ -259,5 +253,5 @@
               'hour':time = julday(debut[1], debut[2], debut[0])+time/24.d
               'day':time = julday(debut[1], debut[2], debut[0])+time
-              'month':BEGIN 
+              'month':BEGIN
                 if total(fix(time) NE time) NE 0 then $ ; we switch to days with 30d/m
                    time = julday(debut[1], debut[2], debut[0])+round(time*30) $
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xcreateanim.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xcreateanim.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xcreateanim.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,31 +5,24 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-; 
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @version
-; $Id$ 
-; 
+; $Id$
+;
 ; @todo
 ; seb
 ;
 ;-
-pro xcreateanim_event, event 
+pro xcreateanim_event, event
 ;
   compile_opt idl2, strictarrsubs
@@ -61,10 +54,10 @@
   widget_control, widget_info(event.top, find_by_uname = 'debut') $
                   , get_value = vdate1
-  index1 = where(calendar eq date2jul(vdate1)) & index1 = index1[0] 
+  index1 = where(calendar eq date2jul(vdate1)) & index1 = index1[0]
   if index1 EQ -1 then return
 ;
   widget_control, widget_info(event.handler, find_by_uname = 'fin') $
                   , get_value = vdate2
-  index2 = where(calendar eq date2jul(vdate2)) & index2 = index2[0] 
+  index2 = where(calendar eq date2jul(vdate2)) & index2 = index2[0]
   if index2 EQ -1 OR index2 LE index1 then return
 ; We delete the widget before create the file .ps
@@ -73,5 +66,5 @@
 ; creation of the routine which will serve us to do the drawing
 ;
-; We recuperate the list of instructions 
+; We recuperate the list of instructions
   globalcommand = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'globalcommand')
 ; We complete by first and last lines of the program
@@ -113,5 +106,5 @@
     green = green[index]
     blue = blue[index]
-  endif            
+  endif
 ;
   if depth gt 8 then $
@@ -133,5 +126,5 @@
       IF keyword_set(fakecal) THEN date = ind ELSE date = jul2date(calendar[ind])
       xxx2ps, /noerase, date1 = date, date2 = date
-;      
+;
       image = tvrd(true = depth GT 8)
 ;
@@ -142,5 +135,5 @@
       wdelete, !d.window
     ENDFOR
-  ENDIF 
+  ENDIF
 ; We put a last white picture
   window, /free, /pixmap, xsize = xsize, ysize = ysize
@@ -155,6 +148,6 @@
   wdelete, !d.window
 ; File's closing.
-  write_gif, animdir+nomfic, /close 
-  widget_control, base, /destroy 
+  write_gif, animdir+nomfic, /close
+  widget_control, base, /destroy
 ; Rerock in "normal" mode
   thisOS = strupcase(strmid(!version.os_family, 0, 3))
@@ -169,5 +162,5 @@
   endif
 ;
-  
+
   return
 end
@@ -179,26 +172,22 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @version
-; $Id$ 
-; 
+; $Id$
+;
 ; @todo
 ; seb
@@ -229,5 +218,5 @@
    if strtrim(filenames[0], 1) EQ '' then filenames = filenames[1:n_elements(filenames)-1]
    indexfile = (where(filelist EQ filenames[0]))[0]
-   calendar = (*(extractatt(top_uvalue, 'fileparameters'))[indexfile]).time_counter  
+   calendar = (*(extractatt(top_uvalue, 'fileparameters'))[indexfile]).time_counter
    key_caltype = (*(extractatt(top_uvalue, 'fileparameters'))[indexfile]).caltype
    fakecal = (*(extractatt(top_uvalue, 'fileparameters'))[indexfile]).fakecal
@@ -237,9 +226,9 @@
          calendarbis = (*(extractatt(top_uvalue, 'fileparameters'))[indexfilebis]).time_counter
          if n_elements(calendarbis) NE n_elements(calendar)  then begin
-            nothing = report('Les diffrents plots n''utilisent pas le meme calendrier. !C Animation impossible!', /error)
+            nothing = report('plots do not use the same calendar. !C Animation impossible!', /error)
             return
          ENDIF
          if total(calendar NE calendarbis) NE 0 then begin
-            nothing = report('Les diffrents plots n''utilisent pas le meme calendrier. !C Animation impossible!', /error)
+            nothing = report('plots do not use the same calendar. !C Animation impossible!', /error)
             return
          endif
@@ -249,5 +238,5 @@
 ; It is possible to do an animation.
 ;
-   base = widget_base(/column, title = 'animation creation', uvalue = {parent:parent, indexfile:indexfile})   
+   base = widget_base(/column, title = 'animation creation', uvalue = {parent:parent, indexfile:indexfile})
    rien = widget_label(base, value = 'animation name')
    rien = widget_text(base,value='anim_idl.gif', uname='Filename', /editable)
@@ -266,5 +255,5 @@
    widget_control,base,/realize
    xmanager,'xcreateanim', base, /no_block
-   
+
    return
 end
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xxxmenubar_event.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xxxmenubar_event.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/AUTOUR_de_XXX/xxxmenubar_event.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,27 +5,21 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-; 
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
-; @todo 
+; @todo
 ; seb
 ;-
@@ -39,5 +33,5 @@
 
   case event.value of
-    'Open' :begin 
+    'Open' :begin
       oldmeshparams = ccmeshparameters
       newfile = selectfile()
@@ -62,5 +56,5 @@
 ; What is the selected field ? Do we reselect it ?
       fieldname = widget_info(vlstid, /combobox_gettext)
-      index = where(newfile.fileparameters.listvar EQ fieldname) 
+      index = where(newfile.fileparameters.listvar EQ fieldname)
       widget_control, vlstid, set_value = newfile.fileparameters.listvar
       widget_control, vlstid, set_combobox_select = 0 > index[0]
@@ -117,5 +111,5 @@
       xxx, CALLERWIDID = event.top, _extra = extra
     end
-    'Quit':begin 
+    'Quit':begin
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       ptr_free, extractatt(top_uvalue, 'exextra')
@@ -142,5 +136,5 @@
                  , /POSTSCRIPT
     END
-    'Animated gif' :begin 
+    'Animated gif' :begin
       IF float(strmid(!version.release,0,3)) GE 6.2 THEN xcreateanim, event.top
     end
@@ -174,5 +168,5 @@
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
 ; portrait or landscape ???
-      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
       optionsflag = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
       portrait = (optionsflag[where(options EQ 'Portrait/Landscape'), 0])[0]
@@ -203,5 +197,5 @@
       ENDIF
 ; We recuperate the name of the file
-      filename = xquestion('dans quel fichier bianire voulez vous sauver le widget ?', 'xxx_widget.dat')
+      filename = xquestion('In which binary file do you want to save the widget ?', 'xxx_widget.dat')
 ; We complete it by a .dat
       if rstrpos(filename, '.dat') NE strlen(filename)-4 then filename = filename+'.dat'
@@ -219,5 +213,5 @@
       for i = 0,  n_elements(commande)-1 do print, commande[i]
     end
-   'Portrait/Landscape' :begin 
+   'Portrait/Landscape' :begin
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
@@ -255,8 +249,8 @@
       ENDELSE
     end
-    'Overlay' :begin 
+    'Overlay' :begin
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       numdessinin = (extractatt(top_uvalue, 'smallin'))[2]-1
-      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
       flags = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
       index = where(options EQ 'Overlay')
@@ -269,5 +263,5 @@
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       numdessinin = (extractatt(top_uvalue, 'smallin'))[2]-1
-      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
       flags = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
       index = where(options EQ 'Vecteur')
@@ -280,5 +274,5 @@
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       numdessinin = (extractatt(top_uvalue, 'smallin'))[2]-1
-      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
       flags = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
       index = where(options EQ 'Longitude / x index')
@@ -314,8 +308,8 @@
       (*top_uvalue[1, findline(top_uvalue, 'domaines')])[*, numdessinin] = boxzoom
     end
-    'Latitude / y index':begin 
+    'Latitude / y index':begin
       widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
       numdessinin = (extractatt(top_uvalue, 'smallin'))[2]-1
-      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+      options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
       flags = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
       index = where(options EQ 'Latitude / y index')
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_calendar.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_calendar.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_calendar.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 ;    case uval of
 ;       'done':widget_control, event.top, /destroy
-;       'set':BEGIN 
+;       'set':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, set_value = value
 ;       END
-;       'get':BEGIN 
+;       'get':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, get_value = value
 ;          help,  value, /struct
@@ -40,8 +40,7 @@
 ; @file_comments
 ;
-;
-; @categories
-; Compound widget
-; 
+; @categories
+; Compound widget
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
@@ -51,19 +50,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -71,5 +65,5 @@
 PRO cw_calendar_set_value, id, value
 ;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
 ;
@@ -79,9 +73,9 @@
   widget_control, winfo_id, get_uvalue = infowid
   key_caltype = infowid.caltype
-  
+
 ; high freqeuncy calendar
   IF keyword_set(infowid.fakecal) THEN BEGIN
     value2 = date2jul(long(value)) - infowid.fakecal
-    IF value2 LT n_elements(infowid.calendar) AND value2 GE 0 THEN BEGIN  
+    IF value2 LT n_elements(infowid.calendar) AND value2 GE 0 THEN BEGIN
       stepid = widget_info(id, find_by_uname = 'step')
       widget_control, stepid, set_value = {combobox_select:value2}
@@ -89,5 +83,5 @@
       widget_control, winfo_id, set_uvalue = infowid
     ENDIF
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;
     value = long(value[0])
@@ -122,29 +116,24 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
 FUNCTION cw_calendar_get_value, id
 ;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
   winfo_id = widget_info(id, find_by_uname = 'infocal')
@@ -159,5 +148,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
@@ -167,24 +156,19 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
-; $Id$
-;-
-FUNCTION get_cal_value, id, winfoid 
-;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
+;-
+FUNCTION get_cal_value, id, winfoid
+;
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
   winfo_id = widget_info(id, find_by_uname = 'infocal')
@@ -202,5 +186,5 @@
     widget_control, wid_id, get_value = wid_value
     allmonths = string(format = '(C(CMoA))', 31*(indgen(12)))
-    month = (where(allmonths EQ wid_value.combobox_gettext))[0] + 1 
+    month = (where(allmonths EQ wid_value.combobox_gettext))[0] + 1
     date = date + 100L * long(month)
   ENDIF ELSE date = date + (oldate MOD 10000L)/100L*100L
@@ -224,5 +208,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
@@ -235,24 +219,19 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
 PRO set_cal_combobox, event, casename, date0
 ;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
 ; casename: Which widget shall we move: 'day', 'month' or 'year' ?
@@ -269,10 +248,10 @@
 ; index of days/months/years according to date0
   case casename of
-    'day':BEGIN 
+    'day':BEGIN
 ; list of days corresponding to month0 and year0
       index = where(monthcal EQ month0 AND yearcal EQ year0)
       current = daycal[index]
     END
-    'month':BEGIN 
+    'month':BEGIN
 ; list of months corresponding to year0
       index = where(yearcal EQ year0)
@@ -283,5 +262,5 @@
       current = current[indexbis]
     END
-    'year':BEGIN 
+    'year':BEGIN
 ; keep only the uniq years
       index = uniq(yearcal)
@@ -297,5 +276,5 @@
   if casename EQ 'month' then begin
     widget_control, wid_id, set_value = string(format = '(C(CMoA))', 31*(current-1))
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     widget_control, wid_id, set_value = strtrim(current, 1)
   ENDELSE
@@ -310,5 +289,5 @@
     1:selected = 0
 ; 2: a new date has been specified...
-    2:BEGIN 
+    2:BEGIN
       case casename of
         'day':selected = (where(current EQ day0))[0]
@@ -325,5 +304,5 @@
 end
 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
-; move cyclicly the calendar to the
+; move cyclically the calendar to the
 ; value 0 if event.out=1 or combobox_number-1 if event.out=-1
 ;+
@@ -333,5 +312,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
@@ -341,24 +320,19 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
 PRO move, event, casename
 ;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
    possiblecase = ['day', 'month', 'year', 'impossiblecase']
@@ -391,24 +365,19 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -416,5 +385,5 @@
 ;
 @cm_4cal
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
   winfo_id = widget_info(event.handler, find_by_uname = 'infocal')
@@ -424,5 +393,5 @@
   widget_control, event.id, get_uvalue = uval
 ; high frequency calendar
-  IF uval.name EQ 'step' THEN BEGIN 
+  IF uval.name EQ 'step' THEN BEGIN
     infowid.date = jul2date(event.index + infowid.fakecal)
   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
@@ -434,5 +403,5 @@
 ; we try to move the combobox just right, with name: possiblecase[whichcase+1]
       if widget_info(event.handler, find_by_uname = possiblecase[whichcase+1]) EQ 0 then BEGIN
-; this widget do not exist we set cyclicly the current widget to the
+; this widget do not exist we set cyclically the current widget to the
 ; value 0 if event.out=1 or combobox_number-1 if event.out=-1
         widget_control, event.id, get_value = widvalue
@@ -451,5 +420,5 @@
 ; we update the date
     infowid = get_cal_value(event.handler, winfo_id)
-  ENDELSE 
+  ENDELSE
 ;
   widget_control, winfo_id, set_uvalue = infowid
@@ -465,5 +434,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
@@ -474,41 +443,33 @@
 ; @param JDATE0
 ;
-; 
 ; @keyword CALTYPE
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword FAKECAL
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ;
-; 
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
-; 
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @returns
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
 ; @todo
 ; seb
-; 
+;
 ;-
 FUNCTION cw_calendar, parent, calendar, jdate0, CALTYPE = CALTYPE, FAKECAL = fakecal, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex
@@ -516,5 +477,5 @@
 @cm_4cal
 ;
-  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs 
+  compile_opt strictarr, strictarrsubs
 ;
   if keyword_set(caltype) then key_caltype = caltype
@@ -547,9 +508,9 @@
                      , uvalue = {calendar:calendar, date:jul2date(jdate0), fakecal:fakecal, caltype: key_caltype})
 ;
-  IF keyword_set(fakecal) THEN BEGIN 
+  IF keyword_set(fakecal) THEN BEGIN
     cmbbid = cw_combobox_pm(base, UVALUE = {name:'step'}, UNAME = 'step' $
                             , value = strtrim(indgen(n_elements(calendar)), 1))
     widget_control, cmbbid, set_value = {combobox_select:(where(calendar EQ jdate0))[0]}
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;
     vallen = widget_info(base, string_size = 'm')
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_combobox_pm.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_combobox_pm.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_combobox_pm.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -7,17 +7,17 @@
 ;    case uval of
 ;       'done':widget_control, event.top, /destroy
-;       'dynamic_resize':BEGIN 
+;       'dynamic_resize':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, set_value = {dynamic_resize:value}
 ;       END
-;       'combobox_select':BEGIN 
+;       'combobox_select':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, set_value = {combobox_select:value}
 ;       END
-;       'value':BEGIN 
+;       'value':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, set_value = value
 ;       END
-;       'get':BEGIN 
+;       'get':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, ComboboxId, get_value = value
 ;          help,  value, /struct
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
@@ -60,19 +60,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -104,24 +99,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
-;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -147,24 +136,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -187,5 +170,5 @@
    case uval OF
       'plus':BEGIN
-         if index LT (cmbbnumb - 1) then BEGIN 
+         if index LT (cmbbnumb - 1) then BEGIN
            index = index + 1
            widget_control, ComboboxId, set_combobox_select = index
@@ -193,5 +176,5 @@
       END
       'minus':BEGIN
-         if index GT 0 then BEGIN 
+         if index GT 0 then BEGIN
            index = index - 1
            widget_control, ComboboxId, set_combobox_select = index
@@ -212,5 +195,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
@@ -219,15 +202,15 @@
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of columns
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROW
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of rows
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword VALUE
 ;
@@ -258,5 +241,5 @@
 ;   index the array of names originally used to set the widget''s
 ;   value
-;   OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values: 
+;   OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values:
 ;       1 : If we press + when the index is already at the max
 ;       Comment: In this case, the index stay at the max
@@ -271,5 +254,5 @@
 ;       1) GET_VALUE
 ;   widget_control,wid_id,get_value=resultat
-;   Send back, in the result variable, a structure of 3 elements whose 
+;   Send back, in the result variable, a structure of 3 elements whose
 ;   names are inspired by keywords we can pass at widget_control when
 ;   we use WIDGET_COMBOBOX:
@@ -285,8 +268,8 @@
 ;       2) SET_VALUE
 ;   widget_control,wid_id,set_value=impose
-;   Allows to modify the state of the combobox like we can do it for 
-;   WIDGET_COMBOBOX. May impose: 
+;   Allows to modify the state of the combobox like we can do it for
+;   WIDGET_COMBOBOX. May impose:
 ;       a) The contents of the list widget (string or string array)
-;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3): 
+;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3):
 ;            DYNAMIC_RESIZE:Set this keyword to activate (if set to 1)
 ;            or deactivate (if set to 0) dynamic resizing of the
@@ -323,7 +306,7 @@
    IF (N_PARAMS() NE 1) THEN MESSAGE, 'Incorrect number of arguments'
    ON_ERROR, 2                  ;return to caller
-; cheking for row and column keywords
-   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) 
-   column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))+(keyword_set(column) EQ row) 
+; checking for row and column keywords
+   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column))
+   column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))+(keyword_set(column) EQ row)
    if NOT keyword_set(uvalue) then uvalue = ''
    if NOT keyword_set(uname) then uname = ''
@@ -333,9 +316,9 @@
                       , FUNC_GET_VALUE='cw_combobox_pm_get_value' $
                       , PRO_SET_VALUE='cw_combobox_pm_set_value' $
-                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)   
+                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex) 
 ;
    vallen = widget_info(base, string_size = 'm')
    vallen = 35 + (vallen[0]-1)*max(strlen(value))
-   if keyword_set(row) THEN BEGIN 
+   if keyword_set(row) THEN BEGIN
      nothing = widget_button(base, value = '-', uvalue = 'minus', xoffset = 0 $
                              , yoffset = 5, xsize = 15, ysize = 15)
@@ -345,5 +328,5 @@
                              , xoffset = vallen+11, yoffset = 5 $
                              , xsize = 15, ysize = 15)
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
      nothing = widget_combobox(base, VALUE = value, UVALUE = 'Combobox', UNAME = 'Combobox' $
                                , xoffset = 0, yoffset = 0, xsize = vallen)
@@ -354,5 +337,5 @@
                              , xoffset = vallen/2 $
                              , yoffset = 24, xsize = 15, ysize = 15)
-   ENDELSE 
+   ENDELSE
 ;
 ;   widget_control,base,/realize
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_domain.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_domain.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_domain.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@
 ;          widget_control, Id, set_value = boxzoom
 ;       END
-;       'get':BEGIN 
+;       'get':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, Id, get_value = value
 ;          print,  value
@@ -45,5 +45,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
@@ -53,19 +53,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -86,5 +81,5 @@
 ; What is the type of boxzoom ?
    currentplot = (extractatt(top_uvalue, 'smallin'))[2]-1
-   options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')   
+   options = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'options')
    flags = extractatt(top_uvalue, 'optionsflag')
    flags = flags[*, currentplot]
@@ -119,5 +114,5 @@
    Case N_Elements(Value) OF
       0:boxzoom = [lonn1, lonn2, latt1, latt2, vertf1, vertf2]
-      1:BEGIN 
+      1:BEGIN
          if value EQ -1 then boxzoom = [lonn1, lonn2, latt1, latt2, vertf1, vertf2] $
          ELSE boxzoom=[lonn1, lonn2, latt1, latt2, 0.,value[0]]
@@ -127,5 +122,5 @@
       5:boxzoom=[Value[0:3], 0, Value[4]]
       6:boxzoom = Value
-      Else:BEGIN 
+      Else:BEGIN
          rien = report('Wrong Definition of Boxzoom')
       END
@@ -151,5 +146,5 @@
       min = floor(min([glamt,glamf], max = max))
       max = ceil(max)
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       min = 0
       max = jpi-1
@@ -195,5 +190,5 @@
       min = floor(min([gphit,gphif], max = max))
       max = ceil(max)
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       min = 0
       max = jpj-1
@@ -250,5 +245,5 @@
       widget_control, dthlv2id, set_value = {value:strtrim(gdep2, 1)}
    ENDIF ELSE gdep2 = gdep1+1
-; We make sure that given depthes contain at least one level.
+; We make sure that given depths contains at least one level.
    if boxzoom[4] GT boxzoom[5] then begin
       rien = boxzoom[4]
@@ -256,5 +251,5 @@
       boxzoom[5] = rien
    endif
-; 
+;
    rien = where(gdep1 LT boxzoom[4], indice1)
    indice1 = indice1 < (jpk-1)
@@ -279,5 +274,5 @@
    widget_control, depth1id, set_value = {slider_min:min1, slider_max:max1, value:boxzoom[4]}
    min2 = gdep2[indice1]
-   if indice2 EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN 
+   if indice2 EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN
       max2 = max([gdept, gdepw])
       max2 = strtrim(string(max2,format='(e8.0)'), 1)
@@ -295,24 +290,19 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -337,24 +327,19 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -408,5 +393,5 @@
             widget_control, dthlv2id, set_value = {combobox_select:event.index}
 ; So we redefine the value and the max of the slider 2
-            if event.index EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN 
+            if event.index EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN
                max = max([gdept, gdepw])
                max = strtrim(string(max,format='(e8.0)'), 1)
@@ -417,6 +402,6 @@
 ; So we redefine the max of the slider 1
             widget_control, depth1id, set_value = {slider_max:gdep1[event.index]}
-         END 
-; We redefine the value and the min of the slider depth1 
+         END
+; We redefine the value and the min of the slider depth1
          if event.index EQ 0 then min = 0 ELSE min = gdep1[event.index-1]+1
          widget_control, depth1id, set_value = {slider_min:min, value:gdep1[event.index]}
@@ -443,7 +428,7 @@
 ; Se we redefine the min of the slider 2
             widget_control, depth2id, set_value = {slider_min:gdep2[event.index]}
-         END 
+         END
 ; We redefine the value and the max of the slider depth 2
-         if event.index EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN 
+         if event.index EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN
             max = max([gdept, gdepw])
             max = strtrim(string(max,format='(e8.0)'), 1)
@@ -488,5 +473,5 @@
             widget_control, dthlv2id, set_value = {combobox_select:indice}
 ; So we redefine the min of the slider 2
-            if indice EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN 
+            if indice EQ jpk-1 then BEGIN
                max = max([gdept, gdepw])
                max = strtrim(string(max,format='(e8.0)'), 1)
@@ -510,14 +495,14 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword STRICT
 ;
@@ -527,37 +512,32 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword BOXZOOM
-; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map. 
-; If BOXZOOM has : 
+; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map.
+; If BOXZOOM has :
 ;   1 element : The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0.,boxzoom[0]]
 ;   2 elements: The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, boxzoom[0],boxzoom[1]]
 ;   4 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom, 0, max([gdept, gdepw])]
 ;   5 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom[0:3], 0, Boxzoom[4]]
-;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom 
+;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom
 ; Where lon1, lon2,lat1,lat2 are global variables defined at the last domdef!
 ;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;
 ; @todo
 ; seb: Documenter
-; 
+;
 ;-
 FUNCTION cw_domain, parent, BOXZOOM = boxzoom, STRICT = strict, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, UNZOOM = unzoom, _extra = ex
@@ -596,5 +576,5 @@
                      , FUNC_GET_VALUE = 'cw_domain_get_value' $
                      , PRO_SET_VALUE = 'cw_domain_set_value' $
-                     , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)   
+                     , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)
 ;------------------------------------------------
   baseh = widget_base(base, column = 1+keyword_set(unzoom), space = 0)
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_droplist_pm.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_droplist_pm.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_droplist_pm.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,17 +6,17 @@
 ;    case uval of
 ;       'done':widget_control, event.top, /destroy
-;       'dynamic_resize':BEGIN 
+;       'dynamic_resize':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, DroplistId, set_value = {dynamic_resize:value}
 ;       END
-;       'droplist_select':BEGIN 
+;       'droplist_select':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, DroplistId, set_value = {droplist_select:value}
 ;       END
-;       'value':BEGIN 
+;       'value':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, DroplistId, set_value = value
 ;       END
-;       'get':BEGIN 
+;       'get':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, DroplistId, get_value = value
 ;          help,  value, /struct
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
-;
 ;
 ; @param VALUE
@@ -62,19 +61,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -104,23 +98,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -141,24 +130,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -200,5 +183,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
@@ -207,15 +190,15 @@
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of columns
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROW
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of rows
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
@@ -243,5 +226,5 @@
 ;   index the array of names originally used to set the widget''s
 ;   value
-;   OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values: 
+;   OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values:
 ;       1 : If we press + when the index is already at the max
 ;       Comment: In this case, the index stay at the max
@@ -256,5 +239,5 @@
 ;       1) GET_VALUE
 ;   widget_control,wid_id,get_value=resultat
-;   Send back, in the result variable, a structure of 3 elements whose 
+;   Send back, in the result variable, a structure of 3 elements whose
 ;   names are inspired by keywords we can pass at widget_control when
 ;   we use WIDGET_COMBOBOX:
@@ -273,5 +256,5 @@
 ;   pour WIDGET_DROPLIST Impose peut etre:
 ;       a) The contents of the list widget (string or string array)
-;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3): 
+;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3):
 ;            DYNAMIC_RESIZE:Set this keyword to activate (if set to 1)
 ;            or deactivate (if set to 0) dynamic resizing of the
@@ -308,7 +291,7 @@
    IF (N_PARAMS() NE 1) THEN MESSAGE, 'Incorrect number of arguments'
    ON_ERROR, 2                  ;return to caller
-; cheking for row and column keywords
-   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) 
-   column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))+(keyword_set(column) EQ row) 
+; checking for row and column keywords
+   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column))
+   column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))+(keyword_set(column) EQ row)
    if NOT keyword_set(uvalue) then uvalue = ''
    if NOT keyword_set(uname) then uname = ''
@@ -318,5 +301,5 @@
                       , FUNC_GET_VALUE='cw_droplist_pm_get_value' $
                       , PRO_SET_VALUE='cw_droplist_pm_set_value' $
-                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)   
+                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)
 ;
    if keyword_set(row) THEN nothing = widget_button(base,value= '-', uvalue= 'minus')
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slide_slice.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slide_slice.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slide_slice.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
-;
 ;
 ; @param VALUE
@@ -13,19 +12,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -49,5 +43,5 @@
       widget_control, sliderid, set_value = {slider_min:mini, slider_max:maxi, value:boxzoom[0]<maxi}
       thickness = boxzoom[1]-boxzoom[0]
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       mini = floor(min([gphit, gphif], max = maxi))
       maxi = ceil(maxi)-thickness
@@ -57,5 +51,5 @@
    thicknessval = thicknessuval.choix
    index = where(thicknessval EQ thickness) & index = index[0]
-   if index EQ -1 then BEGIN 
+   if index EQ -1 then BEGIN
       index = 20
       thicknessval[20] = strtrim(thickness, 1)
@@ -73,24 +67,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -117,5 +105,5 @@
          mini = floor(min([glamt, glamf], max = maxi))
          maxi = ceil(maxi)-thickness
-      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+      ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
          mini = floor(min([gphit, gphif], max = maxi))
          maxi = ceil(maxi)-thickness
@@ -136,5 +124,5 @@
 ; print, lon1, mini, maxi
 ;             widget_control, sliderid, set_value = {value:lon1, slider_min_max:[mini, maxi]}
-;          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+;          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;             mini = floor(min([gphit, glamf], max = maxi))
 ;             maxi = ceil(maxi)
@@ -145,5 +133,5 @@
 ; print, 'ds if',firstxt, 0, jpi-1
 ;             widget_control, sliderid, set_value = {value:firstxt, slider_min_max:[0, jpi-1]}
-;          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+;          ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;             widget_control, sliderid, set_value = {value:firstyt, slider_min_max:[0, jpj-1]}
 ;          ENDELSE
@@ -154,13 +142,13 @@
    if type EQ 'y' then begin
       boxzoom[0] = slider &  boxzoom[1] = slider+thickness
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       boxzoom[2] = slider &  boxzoom[3] = slider+thickness
-   ENDELSE 
+   ENDELSE
 ;    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;       if strpos(type,'y') NE -1 then begin
 ;          boxzoom[0] = glamt[slider, 0] &  boxzoom[1] = glamf[slider+thickness, 0]
-;       ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+;       ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;          boxzoom[2] = gphit[0, slider] &  boxzoom[3] = gphif[0, slider+thickness]
-;       ENDELSE 
+;       ENDELSE
 ;    ENDELSE
    widget_control, domainid, set_value = boxzoom
@@ -179,11 +167,11 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword BOXZOOM
-; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map. 
-; If BOXZOOM has : 
+; Vector indicating the geographic zone on which we want to cut the map.
+; If BOXZOOM has :
 ;   1 element : The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, 0.,boxzoom[0]]
 ;   2 elements: The extraction is made on [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2, boxzoom[0],boxzoom[1]]
 ;   4 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom, 0, max([gdept, gdepw])]
 ;   5 elements: The extraction is made on [Boxzoom[0:3], 0, Boxzoom[4]]
-;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom 
+;   6 elements: The extraction is made on Boxzoom
 ; Where lon1, lon2,lat1,lat2 are global variables defined at the last domdef!
 ;
@@ -191,39 +179,34 @@
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of columns
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword FRAME
 ; Specifies the width of the frame to be drawn around the base.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROW
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of rows
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
-; 
+;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
-; 
+;
 ; @todo
 ; seb: documenter
@@ -236,7 +219,7 @@
 @common
 ;------------------------------------------------
-; cheking exclusive keywords
+; checking exclusive keywords
    column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))
-   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column) 
+   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column)
    if NOT keyword_set(uvalue) then uvalue = ''
    if NOT keyword_set(uname) then uname = ''
@@ -247,5 +230,5 @@
                       , PRO_SET_VALUE='cw_slide_slice_set_value' $
                       , ROW = row, COLUMN = column, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname $
-                      , FRAME = frame, _extra = ex)   
+                      , FRAME = frame, _extra = ex)
 ;------------------------------------------------
    if NOT keyword_set(boxzoom) then boxzoom = [lon1, lon2, lat1, lat2]
@@ -264,5 +247,5 @@
                           , value = mini > boxzoom[0] < maxi, /column, uname = 'slider' $
                           , uvalue = {name:'slider'})
-   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+   ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
       mini = floor(min([gphit, gphif], max = maxi))
       thickness = boxzoom[3]-boxzoom[2]
@@ -273,5 +256,5 @@
    ENDELSE
    index = where(thicknessval EQ thickness) & index = index[0]
-   if index EQ -1 then BEGIN 
+   if index EQ -1 then BEGIN
       index = 20
       thicknessval[20] = strtrim(thickness, 1)
@@ -280,13 +263,13 @@
    endif
    widget_control, droplistid, set_value = {droplist_select:index}
-   
+
 ;   if type EQ 'xt' then begin
 ;       mini = floor(min([glamt,glamf], max = maxi))
 ;       maxi = ceil(maxi)
-;    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+;    ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
 ;       mini = floor(min([gphit,gphif], max = maxi))
 ;       maxi = ceil(maxi)
 ;    ENDELSE
-   
+ 
 ;------------------------------------------------
    return, base
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slider_pm.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slider_pm.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_slider_pm.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,17 +6,17 @@
 ;    case uval of
 ;       'done':widget_control, event.top, /destroy
-;       'slider_min':BEGIN 
+;       'slider_min':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, SliderBarId, set_value = {slider_min:value}
 ;       END
-;       'slider_max':BEGIN 
+;       'slider_max':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, SliderBarId, set_value = {slider_max:value}
 ;       END
-;       'slider_value':BEGIN 
+;       'slider_value':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, event.id, get_value = value
 ;          widget_control, SliderBarId, set_value = value
 ;       END
-;       'get':BEGIN 
+;       'get':BEGIN
 ;          widget_control, SliderBarId, get_value = value
 ;          help,  value, /struct
@@ -57,19 +57,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -93,19 +88,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -124,7 +114,6 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
-;
 ;
 ; @param VALUE
@@ -132,19 +121,14 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -161,5 +145,5 @@
       case strtrim(strlowcase(tagnames[tag]), 2) of
         'slider_min':BEGIN
-;          IF float(value.slider_min[0]) LT minmax[1] THEN BEGIN 
+;          IF float(value.slider_min[0]) LT minmax[1] THEN BEGIN
             minmax[0] = value.slider_min[0]
             widget_control, sbid, set_slider_min = floor(float(value.slider_min[0]))
@@ -169,9 +153,9 @@
               widget_control, dcid, set_value = decvalue(value.slider_min)
               widget_control, dcid, set_combobox_select = decind(value.slider_min)
-            ENDIF 
-;          ENDIF 
+            ENDIF
+;          ENDIF
         end
         'slider_max':BEGIN
-;          IF float(value.slider_max[0]) GT minmax[0] THEN BEGIN 
+;          IF float(value.slider_max[0]) GT minmax[0] THEN BEGIN
             minmax[1] = value.slider_max[0]
             widget_control, sbid, set_slider_max = ceil(float(value.slider_max[0]))
@@ -181,6 +165,6 @@
               widget_control, dcid, set_value = decvalue(value.slider_max)
               widget_control, dcid, set_combobox_select = decind(value.slider_max)
-            ENDIF 
-;          ENDIF 
+            ENDIF
+;          ENDIF
         end
         'value':IF float(value.value[0]) GE minmax[0] $
@@ -189,13 +173,13 @@
       endcase
     endfor
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     IF float(value[0]) GE minmax[0] $
       AND float(value[0]) LE minmax[1] THEN value2 = float(value[0])
   ENDELSE
-  IF n_elements(value2) NE 0 THEN BEGIN 
+  IF n_elements(value2) NE 0 THEN BEGIN
     widget_control, sbid, set_value = fix(value2)
     widget_control, dcid, set_value = decvalue(value2)
     widget_control, dcid, set_combobox_select = decind(value2)
-  ENDIF 
+  ENDIF
   return
 end
@@ -206,25 +190,19 @@
 ;
 ; @categories
-; Compound widget 
-; 
+; Compound widget
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
-;
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
+; @returns
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -246,24 +224,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
-; 
-;
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
+; @returns
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -284,5 +256,5 @@
     'minus':if (value - 1) GE minmax[0] then value2 = value - 1 ELSE out = -1
     'SliderBar':if (event.value + value - floor(value)) LE minmax[1] THEN value2 = event.value + value - floor(value)
-    'decimal':BEGIN 
+    'decimal':BEGIN
       CASE 1 OF
         value GT minmax[1]: value2 = minmax[1]
@@ -313,5 +285,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
@@ -319,17 +291,15 @@
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword VALUE
 ;
-;
 ; @keyword MAXIMUM
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword MINIMUM
 ;
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword STRMINLEN
 ;
@@ -365,5 +335,5 @@
 ;  computationally expensive operations until the user releases the
 ;  slider.
-;  OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values: 
+;  OUT:It is an integer which can take 3 values:
 ;       1 : If we press + when the index is already at the max
 ;       Comment: In this case, the index stay at the max
@@ -378,6 +348,6 @@
 ;       1) GET_VALUE
 ;   widget_control,wid_id,get_value=resultat
-;   Send back in the result variable a structure of 2 elements whose name 
-;   are inspired from keywords we can pass at 
+;   Send back in the result variable a structure of 2 elements whose name
+;   are inspired from keywords we can pass at
 ;   widget_control when we use WIDGET_SLIDER:
 ;            VALUE:the value setting of the widget
@@ -386,8 +356,8 @@
 ;       2) SET_VALUE
 ;   widget_control,wid_id,set_value=impose
-;   Allows to modify the state of the combobox like we can do it for 
-;   WIDGET_COMBOBOX. May impose:  
+;   Allows to modify the state of the combobox like we can do it for
+;   WIDGET_COMBOBOX. May impose:
 ;       a) a integer: give the new position of the slider.
-;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3): 
+;       b) A structure which can have for elements (from 1 to 3):
 ;            VALUE: an integer which give the new position of the slider
 ;            SLIDER_MIN:Set to a new minimum value for the specified
@@ -428,7 +398,7 @@
   if NOT keyword_set(title) then title = '    '
 ;
-; cheking exclusive keywords
+; checking exclusive keywords
   column = (keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))+keyword_set(vertical)) < 1
-  row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column) 
+  row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column)
   if NOT keyword_set(uvalue) then uvalue = ''
   if NOT keyword_set(uname) then uname = ''
@@ -437,5 +407,5 @@
                      , FUNC_GET_VALUE = 'cw_slider_pm_get_value' $
                      , PRO_SET_VALUE = 'cw_slider_pm_set_value' $
-                     , space = 0, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)   
+                     , space = 0, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)
 ;
   mlen = (widget_info(base, string_size = 'm'))[0]
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_specifie.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_specifie.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/COMPOUND_WIDGET/cw_specifie.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
-;
 ;
 ; @param VALUE
@@ -14,22 +13,16 @@
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
-; $Id$
-;-
-;*****************************************************
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
+;-
 PRO cw_specifie_set_value, id, value
 ;
@@ -43,5 +36,5 @@
    widget_control, widget_info(id,find_by_uname='palnum'), set_value = strtrim(value.lct, 2)
    autres = extractstru(value, ['min', 'max', 'inter', 'lct', 'nothing', 'xindex', 'yindex'])
-   if size(autres, /type) EQ 8 then BEGIN 
+   if size(autres, /type) EQ 8 then BEGIN
       autresid = widget_info(id,find_by_uname='autres')
       widget_control, widget_info(id, find_by_uname = 'autres'), get_value = autresautres
@@ -64,27 +57,20 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param ID
 ;
-;
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
-; $Id$
-;-
-;*****************************************************
+; @returns
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
+;-
 FUNCTION cw_specifie_get_value, id
 ;
@@ -118,30 +104,23 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
-;
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
-; $Id$
-;-
-;*****************************************************
+; @returns
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
+;-
 FUNCTION cw_specifie_event, event
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; on recuper les ID des differents widgets 
+; on recupere les ID des differents widgets
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -157,7 +136,7 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   case uval of
-    'default':BEGIN 
+    'default':BEGIN
 ;---------------
-; We find the name of the variable: 
+; We find the name of the variable:
       vlstid = widget_info(event.top, find_by_uname = 'varlist')
       fieldname = widget_info(vlstid, /combobox_gettext)
@@ -170,5 +149,5 @@
       widget_control, widget_info(event.handler, find_by_uname = 'autres'), set_value = ''
     END
-    'palcol':BEGIN 
+    'palcol':BEGIN
       ind = fix(strmid(event.value, 0, strpos(event.value, '-')))
       widget_control, widget_info(event.handler, find_by_uname = 'palnum'), set_value = strtrim(ind, 1)
@@ -186,5 +165,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Compound widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param PARENT {in}{required}
 ; The widget ID of the parent widget.
@@ -193,12 +172,12 @@
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of columns
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword ROW
 ; Buttons will be arranged in the number of rows
 ; specified by this keyword.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword UNAME
 ; The user name to be associated with the widget.
@@ -206,41 +185,33 @@
 ; @keyword FRAME
 ;
-;
 ; @keyword FORXXX
 ;
-; 
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
 ;
-; 
-; @returns
-; 
-; 
-; @uses
-; 
-; 
-; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
-; @examples
-; 
-; 
-; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
-; $ID$
+; @returns
+;
+; @uses
+;
+; @restrictions
+;
+; @examples
+;
+; @history
+;
+; @version
+; $Id$
 ;
 ; @todo
 ; seb: documenter
-; 
+;
 ;-
 FUNCTION cw_specifie, parent, ROW = row, COLUMN = column, UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, FRAME = frame, FORXXX = forxxx, _extra = ex
-; cheking exclusive keywords
+; checking exclusive keywords
 ;
   compile_opt idl2, strictarrsubs
 ;
    column = keyword_set(column)*(1-keyword_set(row))
-   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column) 
+   row = keyword_set(row)*(1-keyword_set(column)) +(keyword_set(row) EQ column)
 ;------------------------------------------------
    if NOT keyword_set(uvalue) then uvalue = ''
@@ -250,6 +221,6 @@
                       , FUNC_GET_VALUE='cw_specifie_get_value' $
                       , PRO_SET_VALUE='cw_specifie_set_value' $
-                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)   
-; base1 
+                      , UVALUE = uvalue, UNAME = uname, _extra = ex)
+; base1
    base1 = widget_base(base)
    rien = widget_label(base1, value = 'Min', xoffset =  85, yoffset = 15)
@@ -277,7 +248,7 @@
 
 
-; widget text containig other keywords pass into top_uvalue.exextra
+; widget text containing other keywords pass into top_uvalue.exextra
 ; Does it remain some? If yes, we have to put them as string
-   
+
    rien = widget_text(base, value = '  ', /editable, uname = 'autres', uvalue = 'autres', xsize = 54, ysize = 3, yoffset = 65, /wrap, /no_newline)
 
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xnotice.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xnotice.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xnotice.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -9,11 +9,11 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Information
-; 
+;
 ; @param TEXT {in}{required}{type=string vector or scalar}
-; it is a string or a vector of string. If it is a scalar, we 
+; it is a string or a vector of string. If it is a scalar, we
 ; look for the line separator !C to create a text with several lines.
 ;
 ; @keyword CHKWIDGET
-; Force to verify that they are some active widget to create a widget, 
+; Force to verify that they are some active widget to create a widget,
 ; otherwise print at the prompt
 ;
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 ; The identity of the created widget
 ;
-; @restrictions 
-; It do not call xmanager -> It do not create any event! 
-; We have to delete this widget manuelly:
+; @restrictions
+; It do not call xmanager -> It do not create any event!
+; We have to delete this widget manually:
 ; widget_control, widgetid, /destroy
 ;
Index: /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xxx.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xxx.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/ToBeReviewed/WIDGET/xxx.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -5,24 +5,18 @@
 ; @categories
 ;
-; 
 ; @param EVENT
 ;
 ;
 ; @returns
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @uses
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @restrictions
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @examples
-; 
-; 
+;
 ; @history
-; 
-; 
-; @version 
+;
+; @version
 ; $Id$
 ;-
@@ -35,5 +29,5 @@
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;    = widget_info(event.top,find_by_uname = '')
-; What is the type of evenment ?
+; What is the type of event ?
 ;   if event.id EQ 622 then help,  event,  /struct
    widget_control, event.id, get_uvalue=uval
@@ -42,5 +36,5 @@
 ;help,  event, /struct
 ;help, uval , /struct
-; case on the type of evenment
+; case on the type of event
    widget_control, event.top, get_uvalue = top_uvalue
 ; If we activate the keyword separate at the call of xxx
@@ -122,5 +116,5 @@
 ; @categories
 ; Widget
-; 
+;
 ; @param DATAFILENAME
 ;
@@ -134,11 +128,11 @@
 ; @keyword SEPARATE
 ; To separate the button part and the drawing part in 2 windows.
-; Useful for small screens, but be careful to do not saturate the 
+; Useful for small screens, but be careful to do not saturate the
 ; video memory of some antiquated Tx.
 ;
 ; @keyword RESTORE
-; 'toto.dat' or toto.dat is a file created at the time of a precedent 
+; 'toto.dat' or toto.dat is a file created at the time of a precedent
 ; use of xxx thanks to the command "Widget" of the menu "save as".
-; 
+;
 ; @keyword _EXTRA
 ; Used to pass your keywords
@@ -148,10 +142,10 @@
 ;
 ; @keyword REDRAW
-; 
+;
 ;
 ; @keyword SEPARATE
 ;
 ;
-; @keyword UVALUE 
+; @keyword UVALUE
 ; The user value to be associated with the widget.
 ;
@@ -191,9 +185,9 @@
   if keyword_set(restore) then BEGIN
     restore = isafile(filename = restore, iodir = homedir, _extra = ex)
-    if size(restore, /type) NE 7 then restore = 0 ELSE BEGIN 
+    if size(restore, /type) NE 7 then restore = 0 ELSE BEGIN
       restore, isafile(file = restore, iodir = homedir, _extra = ex)
       newgrid = *(extractatt(uvalue, 'meshparameters'))[0]
       change = changegrid(newgrid)
-    ENDELSE 
+    ENDELSE
   endif
   if n_elements(CallerWidId) NE 0 THEN $
@@ -203,5 +197,5 @@
 ; list of files we want to look at
 ;
-  if keyword_set(uvalue) then BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(uvalue) then BEGIN
     currentfile = extractatt(uvalue, 'currentfile')
     filelist = extractatt(uvalue, 'filelist')
@@ -222,16 +216,16 @@
   ENDELSE
 ;
-  if keyword_set(uvalue) THEN BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(uvalue) THEN BEGIN
     smallin = extractatt(uvalue, 'smallin')
     smallout = extractatt(uvalue, 'smallout')
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     smallin = [1, 1, 1]
     smallout = [1, 1, 1]
-  ENDELSE 
+  ENDELSE
   nbredessin = smallin[0]*smallin[1]
   numdessinin = smallin[2]-1
 ; warning flg definition must be consistent with cw_pdmenu argument
 ; see also flag definition in cw_pagelayout
-  if keyword_set(uvalue) then BEGIN 
+  if keyword_set(uvalue) then BEGIN
     flag = extractatt(uvalue, 'optionsflag')
     key_portrait = flag[0, numdessinin]
@@ -252,8 +246,8 @@
 ; The top base
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-  IF xxxsize[0] LE scrsize[0] AND xxxsize[1] LE scrsize[1] THEN BEGIN 
+  IF xxxsize[0] LE scrsize[0] AND xxxsize[1] LE scrsize[1] THEN BEGIN
     base = widget_base(title = 'xxx', GROUP_LEADER = group, /tracking_events $
                        , uname = 'base', space = 0)
-  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN 
+  ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
     base = widget_base(title = 'xxx', GROUP_LEADER = group, /tracking_events $
                        , uname = 'base', space = 0 $
@@ -278,5 +272,5 @@
     selectact = (extractatt(uvalue, 'types'))[numdessinin]
     selectact = (where(pltlst EQ selectact))[0]
-    widget_control, actid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectact 
+    widget_control, actid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectact
   ENDIF ELSE selectfile = 0
 
@@ -316,5 +310,5 @@
   yoff = yoff + 37
   xoff = 5
-; boutton 'OK'
+; button 'OK'
   baseok = widget_button(base, value = ' OK ', uvalue = {name:'ok'}, uname = 'ok button' $
                          , /frame, xoffset = xoff, yoffset = yoff)
@@ -337,5 +331,5 @@
     selectvar = (extractatt(uvalue, 'varinfo'))[1, numdessinin]
     selectvar = (where(currentlistvar EQ selectvar))[0]
-    widget_control, vlstid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectvar 
+    widget_control, vlstid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectvar
   ENDIF ELSE selectvar = 0
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -348,5 +342,5 @@
     selectfile = (extractatt(uvalue, 'varinfo'))[0, numdessinin]
     selectfile = (where(file_basename(filelist) EQ selectfile))[0]
-    widget_control, flstid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectfile 
+    widget_control, flstid, set_combobox_select = 0 > selectfile
   ENDIF ELSE selectfile = 0
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -375,5 +369,5 @@
   dummyid = cw_calendar(basecalid, currentcalendar, date2, FAKECAL = fakecal, uname = 'calendar2', uvalue = {name:'calendar2'}, /frame)
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
-; Domain 
+; Domain
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
   yoff = yoff + 60
@@ -399,5 +393,5 @@
      basegraph = widget_base(title = 'xxx window',  group_leader = base, uvalue = base) $
   ELSE basegraph = base
-  
+
   graphid = widget_draw(basegraph, uname = 'graph', /button_events, retain = 2 $
                         , uvalue = {name:'graph', press:0, click:0, x:[0., 0.], y:[0., 0.]} $
@@ -416,7 +410,7 @@
   if keyword_set(uvalue) then BEGIN ;
 ; We recopy the pointer uvalue in top_uvalue.
-; Beware, we have to redefine completely top_value from variables 
-; pointed by uvalue. Otherwise, if we simply do top_value = uvalue, 
-; when we delete by uvalue and variables on which it point, we 
+; Beware, we have to redefine completely top_value from variables
+; pointed by uvalue. Otherwise, if we simply do top_value = uvalue,
+; when we delete by uvalue and variables on which it point, we
 ; also delete variables on which point top_value.
     case 1 of
@@ -443,5 +437,5 @@
 ; widgets's state
         updatewidget, base
-; 
+;
       END
       ELSE:BEGIN
@@ -450,15 +444,15 @@
         FOR i =  0, 14 do *top_uvalue[1, i] = *uvalue[1, i]
         FOR i = 18, 27 do *top_uvalue[1, i] = *uvalue[1, i]
-        numfile = n_elements(extractatt(uvalue, 'filelist')) 
+        numfile = n_elements(extractatt(uvalue, 'filelist'))
         *top_uvalue[1, 15] = ptrarr(numfile, /allocate_heap)
         *top_uvalue[1, 16] = ptrarr(numfile, /allocate_heap)
         *top_uvalue[1, 17] = ptrarr(numfile, /allocate_heap)
         for i = 0, numfile-1 do begin
-          *(*top_uvalue[1, 15])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 15])[i] 
-          *(*top_uvalue[1, 16])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 16])[i] 
-          *(*top_uvalue[1, 17])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 17])[i] 
+          *(*top_uvalue[1, 15])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 15])[i]
+          *(*top_uvalue[1, 16])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 16])[i]
+          *(*top_uvalue[1, 17])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 17])[i]
         endfor
         *top_uvalue[1, 28] = ptrarr(nbredessin, /allocate_heap)
-        for i = 0, nbredessin-1 do *(*top_uvalue[1, 28])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 28])[i] 
+        for i = 0, nbredessin-1 do *(*top_uvalue[1, 28])[i] = *(*uvalue[1, 28])[i]
         widget_control, base, set_uvalue = top_uvalue
 ; Copy the screen of the widget of uvalue in top_value's one
@@ -478,7 +472,7 @@
 ;
 ENDIF ELSE BEGIN
-; Otherwise we will define all elements we will hook at the widget 
-; thanks to the top_value which is a pointer array with 2 
-; columns: names and variables. 
+; Otherwise we will define all elements we will hook at the widget
+; thanks to the top_value which is a pointer array with 2
+; columns: names and variables.
 ; We initialize all these elements.
 ; Variables concerning the widget in its generality.
@@ -486,6 +480,6 @@
 ; variables se rapportant aux differents fichiers que l''on peut lire
 ; variables specifiques a chaque dessin
-;      
-    
+;
+
 ; creation of the pointer we will hook at the widget.
     top_uvalue = ptrarr(2, 29, /allocate_heap)
@@ -516,5 +510,5 @@
     *top_uvalue[0, 21] = 'nameprocedures' & *top_uvalue[1, 21] = strarr(nbredessin)
     *top_uvalue[0, 22] = 'types' & *top_uvalue[1, 22] = strarr(nbredessin)
-    *top_uvalue[0, 23] = 'varinfo' & *top_uvalue[1, 23] = strarr(2, nbredessin)    
+    *top_uvalue[0, 23] = 'varinfo' & *top_uvalue[1, 23] = strarr(2, nbredessin)
     *top_uvalue[0, 24] = 'domaines' & *top_uvalue[1, 24] = fltarr(6, nbredessin)
     *top_uvalue[0, 25] = 'dates' & *top_uvalue[1, 25] = lonarr(2, nbredessin)
@@ -526,7 +520,7 @@
     createhistory, base, smallin
 ;
-  ENDELSE 
-;------------------------------------------------------------
-  xmanager, 'xxx', base, /no_block 
+  ENDELSE
+;------------------------------------------------------------
+  xmanager, 'xxx', base, /no_block
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
 ;------------------------------------------------------------
Index: /trunk/SRC/Utilities/report.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Utilities/report.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Utilities/report.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@
 ; @param TEXT {in}{required}
 ; one string or one vector of string. Si le string ne
-; comporte qu''un element, on cherche les eventuels characteres de
+; comporte qu''un element, on cherche les eventuels caracteres de
 ; retour a la ligne: '!C'. If text is set to an array of strings, each
 ; array element is displayed as a separate line of text.
Index: /trunk/SRC/Utilities/routine_name.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Utilities/routine_name.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Utilities/routine_name.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -59,5 +59,5 @@
 ;
   name = str_sep(allnames, '%') ; we cut it out again.
-  name = strtrim(name, 2)     ; we remouve blanks in front of and behind
+  name = strtrim(name, 2)     ; we remove blanks in front of and behind
   name = strcompress(name)      ; we compress blanks
 ; we do not hold back the two first elements who are a blanck  and the line concerning
Index: /trunk/SRC/Utilities/text_box.pro
===================================================================
--- /trunk/SRC/Utilities/text_box.pro	(revision 225)
+++ /trunk/SRC/Utilities/text_box.pro	(revision 226)
@@ -24,5 +24,5 @@
 ;               prior to writing the text.  If both BG_COLOR and !p.color
 ;               are zero then the background color is reset to 255 to
-;               gaurantee a readability.
+;               guarantee a readability.
 ;
 ; @keyword RIGHT
